Home

2007 Infiniti M45/M35 Owner`s Manual

1. ce0 5 19 Cruise control operations ccececececees 5 19 Intelligent cruise control ICC system if so CQUIP DOG sissiirsrsisisissrscsesisi iinei 5 21 Selecting the vehicle to vehicle distance control MOde ssssesssseesceeessceeesceeessceeesceeese 5 22 Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode 5 22 Precautions on vehicle to vehicle distance CONVO IO GE sssesrsssssrsdsssesscrrecsrssssevsssrstessi 5 23 Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode OPC AU Oserin auia aai 5 25 Conventional fixed speed cruise control MOUE cnnan A 5 38 Preview function for Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models 5 42 Break in schedule cccceccscecccceccececceccecees 5 43 Increasing fuel CCONOMY sceceecscecsceeeees 5 43 All wheel drive AWD if so equipped 5 44 Parking parking on hills ccececsceeeceeeees 5 45 Power STCETING cccccecceccccccecccecccccescceccescees 5 46 Brake SY SEC IN ccceccssascavsousaneteewersxensuneteunerecesneness 5 46 Braking precautions cccecececececscecnees 5 46 Brake ASSIS siccdccscccncescsedacieostescasadenessesesenncaeens 5 47 Brake ASSIS cerrssnsi tanan eean 5 47 Preview function Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped model Anti lock brake system ABS Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system Rear Active Steer system if so equipped Cold weather driving Freeing a frozen door lock PIII OC Z
2. ceceeee Booster Seat installation ccccececeeeee Supplemental restraint SySteM ececeees Precautions on supplemental restraint SV S O a EPEE T E E E ET INFINITI advanced air bag system front Seats ssssseeesssssoocesessoccssesssoeceesesoeeseessooeee Supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag SySteM ceeeeeeee Pre tensioner seat belt system front O Joe E Supplemental air bag warning labels Supplemental air bag warning light Repair and replacement procedure SEATS Sit upright and well back 4X WARNING Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be danger ous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive se rious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly See Precautions on Seat belt usage later in this section Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of control of the vehicle 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Do not leave children un
3. c cc seeeeeeees 9 17 Emission control system warranty s sceees 9 18 Reporting safety defects US only 9 18 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test US Oniy acsctctesssi tacts cssariowinaeictesiaessndans 9 19 Event data recorders cccccecesceccccececceceecs 9 20 Owner s Manual Service Manual order informatio Movie doesadssavovensccceeeevoncedconvssietcsaeeeaecds 9 20 In the event of a COLLISION ce eceee eee 9 20 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure in structed in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended US measure Imp measure Liter specifications Fuel 20 gal 16 5 8 gal 76 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI RON 96 1 Engine oil 6 Drain and refill For VK45DE engine With oil filter change elie ocd 2 e Engine oil with API Certification Mark 2 VQ35DE 5 qt 4 1 8 qt 4 7 e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 Without oil filter VK45DE 5 1 4 qt 4 3 8 qt 4 9 For VQ35DE engine nna H Engine oil with API Certification Mark 2 change VQ35DE 4 5 8 qt 3 7 8 qt 4 4 A oN SAE SW 30 Cooling system With reservo VK45DE 11 qt 9 1 8 qt 10 4 VQ35DE 9 3 8 qt 7 7 8 qt 8 9 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent Receo VK45DE 7 8
4. Auto Interior Illumination on 3 BK Auto Headlights Sensitivity DOOD 2 Hilf aio Heeaiohts on Dey CDF f Jij Speed Sensing Winer mera GON Je Setecive Door Uniock on i o Co _OFFwitactvate all doors wih one biok HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THE SCREEN Vehicle functions are viewed on the center display screen in menus Whenever a menu selection is made or menu item is highlighted different areas on the screen provide you with important information See the following for details 1 Header Shows the path used to get to the cur rent screen i e press SETTING but ton gt choose Comfort amp Conve nience menu item Menu Selections Shows the options to choose within that menu screen i e Selective Door Unlock ON etc UP DOWN Movement indicator Shows that the INFINITI controller may be used to move UP DOWN on the screen and select more options Screen Count Shows the number of menu selections available for that screen i e 5 9 Footer Information Line Provides more information if avail able about the menu selection cur rently highlighted i e OFF will activate all doors with one click 4 6 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON To display the status of the audio climate control system fuel consumption and navigation system if so equipped push
5. e 1000 kHz Tune one thousand e 1040 kHz Tune ten forty e 1710 kHz Tune seventeen ten e 97 9 MHz Tune ninety seven point nine e 100 5 MHz Tune one hundred point five e 101 1 MHz Tune one oh one point one FM Temperatures climate control Speak temperatures according to the fol lowing examples e 74 F Temperature seventy four e 21 5 C Temperature twenty one point five Temperature twenty one and a half e 19 0 C Temperature nineteen point zero Temperature nineteen point oh Temperature nineteen Phone numbers Speak phone numbers according to the following examples e 1 800 662 6200 Dial one eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh Dial one eight hundred six six two six two oh oh Dial one eight zero zero Six six two oh oh Note 1 For the best voice recognition phone dialing results say phone numbers as Single digits Note 2 You cannot say 555 6000 as five five five six thousands Personal vocabulary voicetags INFINITI Voice Recognition provides the function called voicetags which can be associated with the phone and the navi gation system if so equipped Using your own voice 40 voicetags can be reg istered in the Phonebook phone and 10 locations can be registered in the Ad dress Book navigatio
6. 4 28 Rear door lock Child safety rear door lock 3 7 Rear power point sssesssesseosseoseesseesseosseossessee 2 37 Rear seat adjustment sssesssseesssecsssecssssessseeess 1 4 Rear sunshade sicatsoestcavessevariavadvadansitadsseaniiandics 2 48 Rear window and outside mirror defroster VKE a A A A 2 26 Rearview MOnItOT seessesseeosscoseesseosseosscossesseeo 4 20 Recorders Event dat a sssssssesesesssssssssseseoe 9 20 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 9 Remote keyless entry SySteM cccsseccceeeeees 3 14 Reporting safety defects US only 66 9 18 Roadside assistance Program ccsseccceeseeeees 6 2 POU VOD teasiaicepsanesantccaagesdehceereeitanrbducneeasoueucieeneats 5 5 S Safety Child seat belts cases sccsvvecctsscssdacoreseuncanscstes 1 10 Reporting safety defects US onlly 9 18 Seat adjustment Front power seat adjustment ssseeees 1 2 Rear Seat adjustment ccccssssceeeseeceeees 1 4 Seat belt s Child safety es ua spneseviene rege teases vate esnai 1 10 TaN See 1 11 Injured persons essessseeesseeesseoessecossecesseeessee 1 11 Larger children ssssessesssseseeoscessceseceseeessessee 1 11 Pre crash seat belts scscsessececetsccereysacemeunemnens 1 12 Precautions on seat belt uSage ce00 1 8 Pregnant WOMen esssssssseseseseseoeesesoseseseosee 1 11 Seat belt cleaning seessseessesseeseeesscessesseeseee
7. Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 LIGHTS 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself 0 MONA YM FWD DB Front turn signal light Clearance light Headlight high beam Headlight low beam Map light Rear personal light Fog light Front side turn signal light Front sill plate light Step light License plate light High mounted stop light Trunk light Back up light Rear combination light rear turn signal tail stop side marker light HEADLIGHTS Replacing the xenon headlight bulb 4X WARNING AX HIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Al ways have your xenon headlights replaced at an INFINITI dealer For additional informa tion see Headlight and turn signal switch in the 2 Instruments and controls section If replacement is required see an INFINITI dealer Replacing the halogen headlight bulb The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halo gen bulb If replacement is required see an INFINITI dealer for servicing 4X CAUTION High pressure halogen gas is sealed in side the bul
8. 9 12 Technical and consumer information INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE Use the following steps to mount the li cense plate Before mounting the license plate con firm that the following parts are enclosed in the plastic bag Only use the recommended mounting po sition or Intelligent Cruise Control ICC sensor obstruction if so equipped may result e License plate bracket e j nut x 2 e Screw x 2 e Screw grommet x 2 1 Temporarily place the license plate bracket while aligning part a of the front bumper with part 8 of the rear surface of the license plate bracket 2 To determine where to drill the hole mark along both sides of the mounting hole by using a felt tip pen 3 Remove the license plate bracket and connect the arcs to form ovals Mark the point in the center of each oval These are the pilot drilling locations 4 Carefully drill two pilot holes using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill bit at the marked locations Be sure that the drill only goes through the fascia or damage to the nut may occur Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the grommet hole to add 90 turn onto the part Insert a J nut into the license plate bracket before placing the license plate bracket on the fascia Install the license plate bracket with Screws Install the license plate with bolts that are no longer than 0 55 in 14 mm VEHICLE LOADI
9. ccccccscecscescecees Engine oil and oil filter recommendation Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations 06 SPECINCALIOMNS wx scceseasncctedcerccarcteeusewnansadeeesecneecesst a A 1 eee ee ee eee en Wheels and tireS cccccceeccecceccceccecceees DITMONISIONS vasiesscuscivusnevensssiannavesdansasveasevssxenns When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNUY ccccscassscscnecstncusnsdoaeceseseeieasesecsenus Vehicle identification cccccccccecceccceccccceces Vehicle identification number VIN plate Vehicle identification number Chassis PITTI ON aea Engine Serial NUMDET ccccscecesceceeceecs F M V S S C M V S S certification label Emission control information label Tire and loading information label 9 2 9 3 9 5 9 6 9 7 9 7 9 8 9 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 10 9 10 9 11 9 11 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Installing front license plate ceeeeeees 9 12 Vehicle loading information ccceececeeees 9 13 TOIMIS eecctciceecocesatebsscaiiesevecseoacectesevensseasecions 9 13 Vehicle load Capacity cceccecscsceeceees 9 14 Loading UPS arsino iaaiiai 9 15 Measurement of weights cccceceeceees 9 16 Towing a trailer ccc ccecceceecesceeccecceceeceecees 9 16 Flat WOVV ING sceccu i anaes 9 16 Uniform tire quality grading
10. e Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET COAST switch e Push and hold the RESUME ACCELERATE switch When the vehicle attains the speed you desire release the switch e Push then quickly release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch Each time you do this the set speed will in crease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods e Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and re lease it e Push and hold the SET COAST switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed e Push then quickly release the SET COAST switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruis ing speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL ICC SYSTEM if so equipped The Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system automatically maintains a selected dis tance from the vehicle traveling in front of you according to that vehicle s speed up to the set speed or at the set speed when the road ahead is clear The ICC function can be set to one of two cruise control modes Vehicle to vehicle distance mode For maintaining a selected distance between
11. Dial Input specific numbers related to the per son To adjust the person s voice to be louder or quieter push the volume control switch located on the steering wheel mounted controls or turn the volume con trol knob on the instrument panel while talking on the phone This adjustment is also available in the SETTING mode PHONE SETTING To set up the hands free phone system to your preferred settings push the SETTING E button on the instrument panel and select the PHONE key on the dis play and then push the ENTER ENTER Ke button Phonebook See Phonebook registration in this sec tion Delete Call Logs Delete all the outgoing or incoming call logs from the list Phone Ringer Vol Adjust the ring volume to be louder or quieter Phone Incoming Vol Adjust the phone incoming volume to be louder or quieter Phone Outgoing Vol Adjust the phone outgoing volume to be louder or quieter Network Technology if so equipped Your cellular phone belongs to either of the following categories CDMA Verizon Sprint Nextel etc or GSM Cingular T mobile etc Check the network tech nology of your phone and select CDMA or GSM to help improve the quality of sound heard by the person you are speaking to For the network technology information contact our Customer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 662 6200 or visit us at http www infin
12. OK key with the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER ERAS button The specified scene will be played Menu Skip DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO DVD menus are automatically configured and the contents will be played directly when the Menu Skip key is turned on Note that some discs may not be played directly even if this item is turned on DVD Language DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO VIDEO CD Select the DVD Language key and push 4 56 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems the ENTER eTA button to open the number entry screen Input the number corresponding to the preferred language and select the OK key with the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER eA button The DVD top menu language will be changed to the one specified DRC DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO DRC Dynamic Range Compression allows you to tune the dynamic range of the sound recorded in the Dolby Digital format DOWN MIX DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO Convert a multi channel recording to a traditional two channel stereo recording Remote controller operation Use the remote controller to adjust the following items Rear display open close To open or close the flip down rear dis play push the OPEN button on the re mote controller Joystick Use the joystick D to select the items displayed on the rear screen ENTER button Push the ENTER e button to make the selected
13. The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING button se lecting the Clock key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER EO button On screen Clock When this item is turned to ON a clock is always displayed in the upper right corner of the screen This clock will indicate the time almost exactly because it is always adjusted by the GPS system Clock Format Choose either the 12 hour clock display or the 24 hour clock display Offset Adjust Adjust the time by increasing or de creasing per minute Daylight Saving Time Turn this item to ON for daylight saving time application Time Zone Choose the time zone from the following e Pacific e Mountain e Central e Eastern e Atlantic e Newfoundland Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 Settings gt Language Units Vil saaga U O Peame SSC siE Language Units settings The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING i2 button se lecting the Language Units key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER ENTER Ke button Select Language Choose the Select Language key and push the ENTER gstmm ye button From the following display select English or Francais for your favorite display ap pearance Select Units Choose the Select Units key and push the ENTER gSteR
14. This copyright protected technology cannot be used without a permit from Macrovision Corporation It is limited to be personal use etc as long as the permit from Macrovision Corpora tion is not issued Modifying or disassembling is prohib ited Dolby digital is manufactured under li cense from Dolby Laboratories Inc are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Inc DTS and DTS Digital Surround Ex are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems Inc Parental level parental control DVDs with the parental control setting can be played with this system Please use your own judgement to set the parental control with the system Disc selection You can play the following disc formats with the DVD drive e DVD VIDEO e DVD AUDIO e VIDEO CD e CD DA Conventional Compact Disc CD with MP3 WMA cannot be played Use DVDs with a region code 1 ALL or 1 included for your DVD entertainment system The region code is displayed as a small symbol printed on the top of the DVD This vehicle installed DVD player cannot play DVDs with a region code other than 1 or ALL Display settings Front display To adjust the front display mode push the SETTING button while the DVD is being played select the Display key 4 52 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems with the INFINITI controller and then push the ENTER eTa button To adjus
15. straint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 4 through 7 _ Rear facing step 3 Rear facing Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using LATCH 1 If your vehicle is equipped with rear power seat adjustment adjust the rear outboard seats to the uplight and re armost position Do not move the rear outboard seats with the child restraints attached to them Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 SSS0639 Rear facing step 3 3 Secure the child restraint anchor at tachments to the LATCH lower an chors Rear facing step 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Rear facing step 5 Before placing the child in the child restraint hold the child restraint near the LATCH attachment and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and
16. B or button HORN once HORN none HORN none Hazard indicator mode oo T ooo pooRuNLock Trunk UNLOCK Intelligent Key system Using door handle request switch HAZARD twice HAZARD none HAZARD none or trunk open request switch Remote keyless entiy system HAZARD twice HAZARD none HAZARD none Using A R or ei button Switching procedure Push the LOCK and UNLOCK 2 buttons on the Intelligent Key si multaneously for more than 2 seconds to switch the mode from one to the other When pushing the buttons to set the haz ard indicator mode the hazard indicator flashes 3 times When pushing the buttons to set the haz ard indicator and horn mode the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once HAZARD INDICATOR AND HORN MODE HAZARD once HORN once HAZARD 3 times Push A for more than 2 sec a B HAZARD INDICATOR MODE Push 4 for more than 2 sec A HOOD i Pull the hood lock release handle 1 located below the instrument panel the hood will then spring up slightly Pull the lever 2 at the front of the hood with your fingertips and raise the hood When closing the hood slowly close the hood and make sure it locks into place 4X WARNING Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Failure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming
17. Bluetooth key and push the ENTER eA button in order to register your cellular phone memory in the phonebook Operate the cellular phone to send a person s name and phone number from the memory of the cellular phone The memory sending proce dure from the cellular phone varies ac cording to each cellular phone manu facturer See the cellular phone Own er s Manual for more details If you want to add a voice tag select YES on the Add a voice tag 4 64 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Phone gt Dial Keypad Yes Add a voice tag screen For example if the partner s name is David speak David while the Store voice tag screen is on the display The David voice tag is stored in the phonebook Voice tag is a useful function for easy dialing sup ported by the voice recognition system See INFINITI Voice Recogni tion system later in this section When the phonebook registration is completed the screen will return to the name list of the phonebook There are different methods to input a phone number Select one of the fol lowing options instead of Bluetooth in step 4 above Keypad Input the name and phone number manually Outgoing Calls Store the name and phone number from the outgoing call list Incoming Calls Store the name and phone number from the incoming call list To delete an item Select the Delete i
18. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of In dustry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice BEFORE OPERATING THE DVD ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM Precautions Start the engine when using the DVD en tertainment system 4X WARNING The driver must not attempt to operate the DVD system or wear the headphones while the vehicle is in motion so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation AX CAUTION e Only operate the DVD while the vehicle engine is running Operating the DVD for extended periods of time with the en gine OFF can discharge the vehicle bat tery e Do not allow the system to get wet Ex cessive moisture such as spilled liquids may cause the system to malfunction e While playing VIDEO CD media this DVD Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 51 player does not guarantee complete functionality of all VIDEO CD formats Copyright and trademark The technology protected by the U S patent and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corpora tion and other right holders is adopted for this system
19. Headphones button 8 TRACK CHANNEL button MN or wy 9 RADIO button 10 DISPLAY TILT button N or vy 11 BACK button 12 AUX button 13 ASPECT button 14 SOUND button 15 Keypad 16 CD button See Playing a digital versatile disc The remote controller has the following DVD later in this section for the func controls tion of each buttons Ay PF wWN p Remote controller 1 REAR DISPLAY OPEN CLOSE button 4 50 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems REMOTE CONTROLLER AND HEADPHONES BATTERY REPLACEMENT Replace the battery as follows As 2 Open the lid Replace both batteries with new ones Size AA remote control Size AAA headphones Make sure that the G and ends on the batteries match the markings inside the compartment 3 Close the lid securely If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement close the lid se curely e If you will not be using the remote con trol for long periods of time remove the batteries e Replacement of the batteries is needed when the remote control only functions at extremely close distances to the MES or not at all e Be careful not to touch the battery ter minal e An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e When changing batteries do not let dust or oil get on the remote control and headphones FCC Notice
20. Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT If the manufacturer of your child restraint requires the use of a top tether strap it must be secured to an anchor point 4X WARNING Child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by cor rectly fitted child restraints Under no cir cumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Top tether anchor point locations Anchor points are located on the rear par cel shelf Installing top tether strap First secure the child restraint with the seat belt or LATCH rear outboard seat po sitions only as applicable Flip up the anchor cover from the anchor point which is located directly behind the child seat Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback and secure it to the tether anchor bracket that provides the straightest installation Tighten the strap according to the manufacturer s in structions to remove any Slack If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint on the rear seat consult your INFINITI dealer for details CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH 4X WARNING Attach LATCH compatible child re straints only at the locations shown For the LATCH lower anchor locations see Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH in this section If a child restraint is not secured properly your child could be s
21. This helps maintain driving perfor mance and reduces the chance of ve hicle damage or loss of control e Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion automatically shifts down to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop When accelerating again it is necessary to shift up to the desired range Accelerator downshift In D position For passing or hill climbing fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into the lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs note that the transmission will be locked in any of the forward gears according to the condition If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case push the switch to the LOCK position and wait for 3 seconds Then push the ignition switch back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condi tion have an INFINITI dealer check the transmission and repair if necessary Starting and driving 5 13 Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the selector lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed and the selector lever button pushed T
22. When the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by re lease of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a his tory of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvis of the front occupants Curtain side impact air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious inju ries However an inflating side air bag and curtain side impact air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Supple mental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated up right as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain side impact air bag inflate quickly in order to help protect the out of position occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and cur tain side impact air bag inflating can in crease the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag
23. e When the snow or road spray from traveling vehicles reduces the sensor s visibility e When dense exhaust or other smoke black smoke from vehicles reduces the sensor s visibility e When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the trunk of your vehicle e When your vehicle is towing a trailer etc The ICC system is designed to automati cally check the sensor s operation When the sensor is covered with dirt or ob structs the system will automatically be canceled If the sensor is covered with ice a transparent or translucent vinyl bag etc the ICC system may not detect them In these instances the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode may not cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected following distance from the vehicle ahead Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode is designed to maintain a selected distance and reduce the speed to match the slower vehicle ahead the system will decelerate the vehicle as necessary How ever the ICC system can only apply up to 25 of the vehicles total braking power This system should only be used when traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairly constant or when vehicle speeds change gradually If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly deceler ates the distance between vehicles may become closer because the ICC system Starting a
24. ing brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON po sition the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the en gine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake fluid in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by an INFINITI dealer Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illu minate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necessary re paired by an INFINITI dealer promptly Avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking See Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light earlier in this sec tion 4X WARNING e Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driving could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Oth erwise have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and or low brake fluid level may increase your stopping distance and braking will require greate
25. main on as long as the switch is on When the vehicle s interior is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn off the switch 2 34 Instruments and controls CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATS Front seats if so equipped The climate controlled seat warms up or cools down the front seats by blowing warm or cool air from the surface of the seat The switches located on the center console can be operated independently of each other 1 Start the engine 2 Turn the control knob a to the H Heat side 4 or to the C Cool side 2 The indicator light on the con trol knob will illuminate 3 Adjust the desired amount of the air using the control knob a The climate controlled seat blower re mains on low speed for approximately 60 seconds after turning the switch on or selecting the desired temperature When the vehicle s interior is warmed or cooled and or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the control knob to the OFF position center The indicator light on the control knob goes off at the OFF position To check the air filter for the climate controlled seat contact an INFINITI dealer AX CAUTION The battery could run down if the climate controlled seat is operated while the en gine is not running Do not use the climate controlled seat for extended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cu
26. 1 09660 Level 3 packet writing is not sup ported MPEG MPEG2 MPEG2 5 MP3 Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz 1 kbps 192 Kbps VBR Tag information Song title and Artist name ID3 tag 1D3 tag VER1 O VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 1D3 tag VER1 O VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Folders 255 including route folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation 128 characters 128 characters Hi oo a ES NS WMA 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian Displayable character codes 2 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 4 34 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Troubleshooting guide Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player and if there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature If there is a mixture of music CD files
27. CD Help CD mP3 Play Select Track to 512 3 E CD Play Folder 1 to 255 Selects the specified MP3 folder and plays the first file CD MP3 Play Select Folder lt 7 to 255 gt CD Play DISC lt 7 to 6 gt Track lt 7 to 512 gt Switches to the specified track on the specified disc ae Play hc etl DISE Ag 6A Wes Gives spoken information about the CD changer voice commands and displays CD Help the list of them DVD Help if so equipped Note DVD commands are available while a DVD is being played DVD PLAY and DVD HELP are available at any time ovo Stop Stops playing the DVD OVD system stays o o oS S DVD Play Title lt 7 to 99 gt Play Chapter T DVD Play Select Title 7 to 99 gt Switches to the specified DVD title on the specified chapter Play Select Chapter lt 1 to 999 gt DVD Play Group lt 7 to 9 Switches to the specified DVD group DVD Play Select Group lt 1 to 9 DVD Play Track lt 7 to 99 Switches to the specified DVD track DVD Play Select Track lt 7 to 99 gt DVD Play Group lt 7 to 9 Play Track se T DVD Play Select Group lt 1 to 9 1 to 99 Switches to the specified DVD group on the specified track Play Select Track lt 1 to 99 Gives spoken information about the DVD player voice commands and displays DVD Help the list of them if so equipped Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 73 Climate Control Help COMMAND ACTION OTHER
28. For example if a low back booster seat a is chosen the vehicle seat back must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seat back is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat 2 should be used Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child Al ways follow all recommended proce dures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION 4X WARNING INFINITI recommends that booster seats be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a booster seat in the front pas senger seat move the passenger s seat to the rearmost position 4X CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt automatic locking mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front pas senger seat 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system IN SSS0640 If your vehicle is equipped with rear power seat adjustme
29. Locking passenger s windows When the lock button is pushed in only the driver side window can be opened or closed Push it in again to can cel SIC1892E Passenger side power window switch The passenger side switch will open or close only the corresponding window To open or close the window push down or pull up the switch and hold it Automatic operation for all door windows To fully open or close the window com pletely push down or pull up the switch and release it it need not be held The window will automatically open or close all the way To stop the window just push or lift the switch in the opposite direction A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window to open or close until the switch is released Instruments and controls 2 45 Auto reverse function 4X WARNING There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle be fore closing the window If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing the window will be immediately lowered The auto reverse function can be acti vated when the window is closed by auto matic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for 45 seconds af ter the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be
30. Push the SETTING EE button and lular phone manufacturer See the cel select the PHONE key on the display lular phone Owner s Manual for the using the INFINITI controller Then details You can also visit push the ENTER fgsteM e button www infinitiicom bluetooth for in 2 Select the Bluetooth Setup key and alear e e a AETA push the ENTER SER button P 7 When the pairing is completed the 3 Select the Pair Phone key and push screen will return to the Bluetooth the ENTER eTa button setup display 4 When a PIN code appears on the screen operate the Bluetooth cel lular phone to enter the PIN code Bluetooth phone When phone requests PIN please enter 1234 Cancel Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63 Phone gt Phonebook Y l yO EOE Ye enean O Rennan SssSsS i i eneen O Ji S None Ada now j Eoo A OOOO PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION Up to 40 phone numbers can be stored in the phonebook 1 Push the SETTING button and select the PHONE key on the display using the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER gstem e button 2 Select the Phonebook key and push the ENTER eTa button 3 Select the None Add New key from the name list of the phonebook and push the ENTER fgstem e button 6 WN ONO Wl ougan maa Ji won a Ji oan SSCid es OOOO Select the
31. Select the key and push the ENTER emm button to advance the still image The still image will advance the number of times the ENTER mA button is pushed To advance the still image s forward it is also possible to push the ft button on the keypad of the remote controller PREV This function is only for DVD AUDIO Select the key and push the ENTER eTA button to rewind the still image The still image will go back the number of times the ENTER gsteMyey but ton is pushed om To rewind the still image s it is also pos sible to push the fu button on the keypad of the remote controller PN PAKS AUX Cepia SSS Audio JC English 1 Jo E Subtitle QC English 2 SH Ct UOO Settings front DVD VIDEO Settings AUX keys Select the Settings AUX key with the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER wO button to adjust the following settings The items indicated with can also be set from the rear display Push the DVD button on the remote controller while a DVD is being played Select the preferred item using the joystick on the re mote controller and push the ENTER Ce button 4 54 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems oa E me o oC waen o okey Search C Tt Eee Settings front DVD VIDEO AUX Switch the output source from the DVD drive to another device connected t
32. VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is attached as shown This number is the identification for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER Chassis number The number is stamped as shown in the engine compartment Technical and consumer information 9 9 ST10303B ST10186B VQ35DE VK45DE ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER F M V S S C M V S S The number is stamped on the engine as CERTIFICATION LABEL shown The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan dards F M V S S C M V S S certification label is affixed as shown This label con tains valuable vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identifi cation Number VIN etc Review it care fully 9 10 Technical and consumer information EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL LABEL The emission control information label is The cold tire pressure is shown on the attached as shown Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the pillar as illustrated AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The air conditioner specification label is attached as shown Technical and consumer information 9 11 Mounting holes License plate bracket ey So Flat blade Bumper screwdriver Rear surface of Li MN the license 6 A plate bracket Grommet i Felt tip pen DRAW MARK where to drill the hole
33. When performing any checks or mainte nance work see Maintenance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this sec tion Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that all doors and the engine hood operate prop erly Also ensure that all latches lock se curely Lubricate hinges and latches if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrica tion frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check head light aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If necessary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pres sure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire wheel alignment and
34. cccacicta nesta yecucvenscceseasauecsateborseboxess 5 53 Ee Aa S webicee aun E E T O E 5 53 Draining of coolant water e sssssssssesescsees 5 53 Tire GUI VOUT sensin 5 54 Special winter equipment sssssessssssssesso 5 54 Driving on SNOW OF C eesessssssseesssssseeesssoo 5 54 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 55 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING 4X WARNING Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either They could acci dentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the ve hicle Also on hot sunny days tempera tures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or ani mals Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the trunk closed when not in use and pre vent children s access to car keys 5 2 Starting and driving EXHAUST GAS Carbon monoxide 4X WARNING Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is dangerous It can cause unconsciousness or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle in spected immediately Do not run
35. hicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW SYSTEM if so equipped The Lane Departure Warning LDW system warns the driver when the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of a traveling lane with detectable lane markers It operates at approxi mately 45 MPH 72 km h and above The system monitors lane markers of the trav eling lane using the camera unit A lo cated inside the map light cover When the camera unit detects that the ve hicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of the traveling lane the LDW in dicator 2 on the instrument panel flashes and a chime sounds to alert the driver The LDW system can be turned on or off by pushing the LDW switch G When the system is on the LDW system ON indi cator 4 illuminates Starting and driving 5 15 PRECAUTIONS ON LANE DEPARTURE WARNING SYSTEM 4X WARNING This system is only a warning device to inform the driver of an unintended lane departure It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely keep the vehicle in the traveling lane and be in control of the vehicle at all times The system will not operate at speeds below approximately 45 MPH or if it can not detect lane markers If the lane departure warning system malfunctions it will cancel automati cally The LDW indicator light in the in
36. ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lighter in all the way 8 then re lease it When the lighter is heated it will Spring out Return the lighter to its original position after use To empty the ashtray pinch the ashtray case and pull it up slowly 4 amp CAUTION The cigarette lighter socket is a power source for the cigarette lighter element only The use of the cigarette lighter socket as a power source for any other accessory is not recommended Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter REAR To open the ashtray lid pull up the lid as illustrated To empty the ashtray pinch the ashtray case and pull it up slowly 8 STORAGE CUP HOLDERS AX CAUTION Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an acci dent Instruments and controls 2 39 Front Front To open the cup holder lid push the lid down and release it A The front cup holder inner case can be re moved as illustrated to hold bigger bottles or for cleaning 2 40 Instruments and controls Rear TypeA Rear Push the button A as illustrated Type A or open the lid of the rear center armrest Type B to use the cup holder Rear Type B SUNGLASSES HOLDER 4A WARNING Keep the sunglasses ho
37. light may adversely affect the camera units lane marker detection capa bility CRUISE CONTROL PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL If the cruise control system malfunc tions it will cancel automatically The SET indicator in the instrument panel will then blink to warn the driver If the engine coolant temperature be comes excessively high the cruise control system will be canceled auto matically If the SET indicator blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by your INFINITI dealer The SET indicator may sometimes blink when the cruise control main switch is turned ON while pushing the RESUME ACCELERATE SET COAST or CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel To properly set the cruise con trol system perform the steps below in the order indicated 4X WARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving un der the following conditions e when it is not possible to keep the ve hicle at a set speed e in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed e onwinding or hilly roads e on slippery roads rain snow ice etc e in very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle con trol and result in an accident RESUME ACCELERATE switch SET COAST switch CANCEL switch MAIN ON OFF switch CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS BWN gt The cruise control allows driving at a speed between 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator
38. make sure to recharge the battery immediately Intelligent Key 2 sets Mechanical key metal key Wallet key and key case card type 4X WARNING e The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves that can adversely affect medical electric equipment e If you have a pacemaker you should contact the medical equipment manufac turer to ask if it will be affected by the In telligent Key signal Record the key number on the key number plate metal tag and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet NOT IN THE VEHICLE A key number plate is sup plied with your key Keep the plate in a safe place INFINITI does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be used with one vehicle For information concern ing the purchase and use of additional In telligent Keys contact an INFINITI dealer It is possible that the Intelligent Key func tions become cancelled Contact an INFINITI dealer 4X CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving The Intelligent Key isa precision device with a built in transmit ter To avoid damaging it please note the following The Intelligent Key is water resistant however wetting may damage the In telligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not bend drop or strike it against another object Do not place the Intelligent Key for an ext
39. resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and pos sible injury It could also cause the mal function indicator light to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are filling it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid 4X CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap prop erly may cause the sane malfunction in dicator lamp MIL to illuminate If the SERVIC ENGINE lamp illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The exGe lamp should turn off ee e SERVICE after a few driving tri
40. s door key cylinder to the front of the ve hicle for longer than 1 second The door is locked and the window keeps closing while turning the key LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door individually move the in side lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock move the inside lock knob to the unlock position When locking the door without an Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the Intelli gent Key inside the vehicle LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH Operating the power door lock switch will lock or unlock all the doors The switches are located on the driver s and front pas senger s door armrests To lock the doors except the fuel filler door push the power door lock switch to the lock position 4 with the driver s or front passenger s door open then close the door When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle To unlock the doors including the fuel filler door push the power door lock switch to the unlock position 2 Remember that you cannot lock but you can unlock the fuel filler door by oper ating the power door lock switch See Fuel filler door later in this section Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver or front passenger is moved to the lock position with the Intelligent Key in the port and any door open all doors will lock and unlock automatically With the
41. sounds for approximately 3 seconds The SHIFT P warning appears on the The ignition switch is in the ACC posi Move the selector lever to the P When pushing the ignition switch to stop the engine The selector lever is not in the P posi Shift the selector lever to the P posi tion tion When closing the door after getting out of the vehicle display and the outside chime sounds tion and the selector lever is not in the Park position and push the ignition continuously P Park position switch to the LOCK position The outside chime sounds for approxi mately 3 seconds and all the doors unlock When closing the door with the inside lock knob turned to LOCK The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle or trunk Carry the Intelligent Key with you ell Key is inside the vehicle Canny the Intelligent Key with yon When pushing the door handle request The outside chime sounds for approxi A door is not closed securely Close the door securely switch to lock the door mately 2 seconds The door handle request switch is Push the door handle request switch pushed before the door is closed after the door is closed The outside chime sounds for approxi When closing the trunk lid mately 10 seconds and the trunk lid The Intelligent Key is inside the trunk Carry the Intelligent Key with you opens Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM It is possible to lock unlock al
42. the STATUS button The following infor mation will appear when the STATUS button is pushed Audio Audio and Climate control system Audio and fuel consumption Audio and Navigation system if so equipped Audio HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CONTROL AND DISPLAY ON OFF BUTTON Push the 2 J button to switch the dis play brightness to the daytime mode or the nighttime mode and to adjust the display brightness using the INFINITI con troller while the indicator is displayed at the bottom of the screen The display brightness can also be ad justed using the brightness UP button or brightness DOWN button model without navigation system Push the button for more than 2 seconds to turn the display off Push the button again for more than 2 seconds to turn the display on HOW TO USE TRIP FUEL ECON BUTTON Push the TRIP or FUEL ECON button to check trip computer information or fuel economy information model without Navigation system For more details see How to use INFO button later in this section HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON The display screen shows vehicle and navigation if so equipped information for your convenience The information shown on the screen should be a guide to determine the condi tion of the vehicle See the following for details PS PY Foci Economy SSS mn O A merse O OY Where am H Tre computer O O
43. you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact an INFINITI dealer Contact infor mation is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When the supplemental front air bag in flates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condi tion should get fresh air promptly Supplemental front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with INFINITI advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The supple mental front air bags inflate quickly in or der to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of in jury if the occupant is too close to or is against the air bag module during infla tion The air bag will deflate quickly after a col lision The supplemental front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON
44. 6 In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the pressure of the tires includ ing the spare often and always prior to long distance trips The recommended tire pressure specifications are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Informa tion label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because e Most tires naturally lose air over time e Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at mod erate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including under inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling 4X WARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident The Gross Vehicle Weight rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label The vehicle weight capacity is indi cated on the Tire and Loading In formation label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your vehicle may re sult in reduced tire life unsafe op erating conditions due to prema ture tire failure or unfavorable handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious acci dent Loading beyond
45. A E E E 2 6 PUSS OS secnmsceutsacxsvidavedacmdadwedenaetenindoxesdesenieastleccies 8 26 Fusible links 2csvecnadetetvesucassuesenesedtacedueeadantececeads 8 27 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver crssisossisosransis cesen sirier riter ens 2 52 GOS CAD ET E ees 3 20 AE Sou jes aan seeadesacedeaedenaconesedacccencsedcsesdacaeouseestets 2 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 Fuel CAUSE Sn ccccccescutiassteagaowcesonncseveaelscnuieeds 2 6 Odometer ssessseessseeeseeceseecessecesseossseeesseeess 2 5 Speedometer eesseeeseeeesseeesseoessecessecesseeess 2 5 Tachometer sseeseeeesseeesseoessesossecessecessecessee 2 5 General MAINTENANCE sssccsinsacsinsansasersvaansassaseasapeaens 8 2 Glove bOX ssseeessseoseecesseeesseeesseosssecosseessseessseee 2 41 H Hands free phone system Bluetooth 4 60 Hazard warning flasher SWitch scccceeees 2 32 Headlights Bulb replacement sseesssesssseessssessssesssecsssee 8 31 Headlight switch essesssssseesecessesesesseerseesse 2 27 Xenon headlights sssessseeseeseceseeesecesseesee 2 26 Headphones See INFINITI mobile entertainment system ccccccceceeeeeeees 4 49 4 57 Head restraint seeesssesesseeeseecsscessceseessecsseesscessee 1 5 Heated seats sseesseeesseeossecessecosseoesseeesseeessee 2 33 Heater Automatic climate Control e sessssseseseeeseessee 4 24 Engine block heater cccsssscccsssecceee
46. AND MAINTENANCE Use a lightly dampened lint free cloth to clean the surfaces of your Mobile Enter tainment System DVD player face screen remote controller etc OoG Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 4 amp CAUTION Do not use any solvents or cleaning solu tions when cleaning the video system Do not use excessive force on the monitor screen Avoid touching or scratching the monitor screen as it may become dirty or damaged Do not attempt to operate the system in extreme temperature conditions below 4 F 20 C and above 158 F 70 C Do not attempt to operate the system in extreme humidity conditions less than 10 or more than 75 How to handle the DVD AX CAUTION Handle a DVD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record 4 58 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems cleaner benzine thinner or alcohol in tended for industrial use A new disc may be rough on its inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges using the side of a pen or pencil as illus trated Never attempt to use a DVD that has been cracked deformed or repaired using adhesive Doing so may cause damage to the equipment Handle the DVD carefully to avoid con tamination or
47. COMMANDS Climate Control Automatic Turns the climate control system on and operates it in the AUTO mode Climate Climate Control Auto Automatic Sets the climate control temperature to the value given in the command Temperature 60 to 90 gt When the dual mode is selected only the driver s side temperature will be changed Climate Climate Control Set Select Driver Temperature To 60 to 90 gt oe R Climate Climate Control Set Select Passenger Temperature 60 to 90 gt Sets the passengers side temperature to the value given in the command Passenger Temperature To lt 60 fo 903 Temperature U Changes the temperature increments by 2 degrees When the dual mode is Climate Climate Control Temperature P p selected only the driver s side temperature will be changed Up Warmer Changes the temperature decrements by 2 degrees When the dual mode is Climate Climate Control Temperature Temperature Down ai selected only the driver s side temperature will be changed Down Cooler 4 74 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems How to speak numbers INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a cer tain way to speak numbers in voice com mands Refer to the following examples General rule Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Radio frequencies Speak radio frequencies according to the following examples e 930 kHz Tune nine thirty AM Tune nine thirty
48. CONTROL MODE To choose the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode 4 quickly push and re lease the MAIN switch a Once a control mode is activated it cannot be changed to the other cruise control mode To change the mode push the MAIN switch once to turn the system off Then push the MAIN switch again to turn the system back on and select the desired cruise control mode VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE In the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system automatically maintains a se lected distance from the vehicle traveling in front of you according to that vehicle s speed up to the set speed or at the set speed when the road ahead is clear With ICC the driver can maintain the same speed as other vehicles without the constant need to adjust the set speed as you would with a normal cruise control system The distance sensor will not detect under most conditions throttle and applies the brakes up to 25 of vehicle braking power if neces Sary f y e Stationary and slow moving vehicles The detection range of the sensor is ap proximately 390 ft 120 m ahead e Pedestrians or objects in the roadway PRECAUTIONS ON VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE The system is intended to enhance the operation of the vehicle when following a vehicle traveling in the same lane and di rection If the distance sensor Q detects a slower moving vehi
49. Ga COLD MIN r mation refer to Capacities and recom NY p mended fuel lubricants in the 9 Tech VJ z a nical and consumer information section For further brake fluid specification infor of this manual SDI1408A A CAUTION Check the fluid level in the reservoir tank A WARNING Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur The fluid level should be checked usin faces This will damage the paint If fluid is the HOT range at fluid temperatures of 122 to 176 F 50 to 80 C or using the e Use only new fluid Old inferior or con spilled immediately wash the surfaces with COLD range at fluid temperatures of 32 to taminated fluid may damage the brake water 86 F 0 to 30 C system The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the A CAUTION vehicle s stopping ability e Be sure to clean filler cap before re e Do not overfill moving e Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equiva lent Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 WINDOW WASHER FLUID 4X WARNING Antifreeze is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children Add fluid when the low washer fluid warning light illuminates Pull up the res ervoir tank cap and add a washer solvent to the water for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself Recommended
50. Glove DOX x siscerimeucareansasdaseddecactesWetsenansetasueas 2 41 CONSOLE DOX ccceccccccccccsccccccccccccccsscccecs 2 42 COPE TOONS coc eenieeeccoe tease enna tense n 2 43 Cargo net if so equipped ceccecees 2 44 MUNI OW S oaren ES 2 44 Power WINCOWS cccscececescscscscescscsceeeees 2 44 SUTIN OO occas teaveneasesoeoivasacaaveseevecasceeessoeeaenseeeece 2 46 Automatic SUnTOOf sesssessoessoessosssseesoeeso 2 46 Rear control cancel switch if so equipped 2 48 Rear sunshade if so equipped cecee0s 2 48 initeror Ganis sccscnes tucaneesasdncaseneeiausnweseceneesesiaes 2 49 Map WWE TANS 2 cc2c 62ce 0rncaease adenan 2 49 Rear personal lights scsssecdsesescsscctovssesdesesenss 2 50 Interior light control switch esssssessssesesecee 2 50 Vanity mirror lights ef cccsexisecnenesresierestcacssantenseeues 2 51 Tunk Ue M ersero 2 51 HomeLink Universal Transceiver 00 2 52 Programming HomeLink cccccceeeeeeeees 2 52 Programming HomeLink for Canadian CUS COMETS cess eos dices tcsiescerccestesscovscadesdacnciect 2 54 Operating HomeLink Universal WHAISCEIVED E N 2 54 Programming trouble diagnosis 2 54 Clearing the programmed information 2 55 Reprogramming a single HomeLink aD Ea p PEPPE E NOE A 2 55 If your vehicle is stolen ssessessesssesseseeso 2 55 COCKPIT side ENTER switch P 4 5 P 4 43 BACK switch
51. HomeLink buttons If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink 5 buttons please refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 2 54 Instruments and controls PROGRAMMING HomeLink FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1992 D O C regulations required hand held transmitters to stop transmit ting after 2 seconds To program your hand held transmitter to HomeLink con tinue to push and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 through 4 under Programming HomeLink while you push and re push cycle your hand held transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly indicating successful programming NOTE If programming a garage door opener etc it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener compo nents OPERATING HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER HomeLink Universal Transceiver once programmed may now be used to acti vate the garage door etc To operate simply push the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information e replace the hand held transmitter bat teries with new batteries e position the hand held transmitter with its battery
52. NO CURB G Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves 4 Push the ignition switch to the LOCK position 5 46 Starting and driving POWER STEERING 4X WARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steer ing will not work Steering will be much harder to operate The power assisted steering uses a hy draulic pump driven by the engine to as sist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns or at low speeds BRAKE SYSTEM BRAKING PRECAUTIONS The brake system has two separate hy draulic circuits If one circuit malfunc tions you will still have braking at two wheels You may feel a small click and hear a sound when the brake pedal is fully de pressed slowly This is not a malfunction and means the brake assist mechanism is operating properly Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pres sure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping dis tance will be longer Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be
53. RE SPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT Security indicator light This light a blinks after the ignition switch was pushed to the LOCK position This function indicates the security sys tems equipped on the vehicle are opera tional If the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON po sition If the light still remains on and or the en gine will not start see an INFINITI dealer for INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System service as soon as possible Please bring all Intelligent Keys that you have when vis iting an INFINITI dealer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH 4X WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and ob scure your vision which may lead to an acci dent Warm windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield AX CAUTION The following could damage the washer sys tem e Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty The windshield wiper and washer oper ates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed 1 Intermittent intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or Faster When the speed sensing wiper interval
54. Tire chains in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 4 For all wheel drive If you install snow tires they must also be the same size brand con struction and tread pattern on all four wheels SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter 1 A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the win dows and wiper blades 2 A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support 3 A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow drifts 4 Extra window washer fluid to refill the reservoir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE 4X WARNING Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reaching it Try not to brake while on the
55. Warning Warning indicator lights and audible reminders eessseessseeessesesseeossecossecossecossseessseessseee 2 11 Warranty Emission control system warranty 9 18 Washer switch Windshield wiper and washer SWINGS A E E ETE 2 25 Washing serseri tessen O ERSO aa 7 2 Waina eseten a EE 7 2 Wheel tire SiZ ccccccsccsssccecccssccesccssccesceescees 9 8 Wheels and tires sssseessssessesesseeosseeosseeesseeessee 8 34 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels 7 3 Window washer fluid sesesssesssesseessesseceseceseessee 8 18 Window s Cleaning ceessesscateaGaateusee tence svorervecsevectaceaanuness 7 3 Power WINCOWS ccccssssssccccesssseeceseneeeees 2 44 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 25 Wiper Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 25 Wiper blades ccsssscccssscecesseceeeeescceees 8 23 X Xenon MAGUS vsscivzcetsecersotorasusshoconsetsasientoras 2 26 10 7 GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL RECOMMENDATION VK45DE engine Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail able unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 can be used but only under the following precautions e Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gaso line
56. a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure tocheck the tire pressure regularly e Ifthe vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly e Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the front and rear Low washer fluid warning light This light comes on when the washer tank fluid is at a low level Add washer fluid as necessary See Window washer fluid in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section CRUISE Preview Function warning light Orange if so equipped The light comes on if there is a malfunc tion in the Brake Assist with Preview Function system RAS Rear Active Steer warning light if so equipped If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate that there is a malfunction with the Rear Active Steer portion of the steering system Have the Instruments and controls 2 15 system checked by an INFINITI dealer For further information about the Rear Ac tive Steer system see Rear Active Steer system in the 5 Starting and driving section If a malfunction occurs in the system the Rear Active Steer function will cease but driving can be continued If the light comes on while you are driving contact an INFINITI dealer for repair Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten the driver s seat belt The light illuminates whenever the ignition swi
57. adjustment in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child re straint is removed If the seating posi tion does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front facing step 5 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Top tether strap child restraint in this section Front facing step 7 7 Before placing the child in the child restraint hold child restraint near the LATCH attachment and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If it does move more than 1 in 25 mm pull again on the anchor at tachments to further tighten the child restraint If you are unable to properly secure the restraint move the re straint to another seating position and try again or try a different child re
58. alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering maneuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to rollover particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be at tentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Seat belts section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted 5 6 Starting and driving 4X WARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces co ordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol in creases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Addi tionally if you are injured in an accident alco hol can increase the severity of the injury INFINITI is committed to safe driving You must not drive under the influence of al cohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol relate
59. and the system will turn off If the compact disc comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it except 3 1 in 8 cm diameter compact discs CD CARE AND CLEANING e Handle a CD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc Do not bend the disc e Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used e To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for indus trial use 4 42 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated ENTER switch BACK switch Volume control switches Source select switch BRWN gt STEERING WHEEL MOUNTED CONTROLS FOR AUDIO ENTER switch Push the switch upward or downward to select a channel track CD or folder when they are listed on the display You can also use the ENTER switch to select the items on the usual setting menu screen After selecting an MP3 folder or Audio Text using the up and down switch push the ENTER switch to complete the selec tion While the display is in the NAVI STATUS or Audio setting screen some audio func tions can also be controlled using the EN TER switch T
60. area facing away from the HomeLink surface e push and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without interruption e position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmit ter in that position for up to 15 sec onds If HomeLink is not pro grammed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you continue to have programming diffi culties please contact the INFINITI Con sumer Affairs Department The phone numbers are located in the Foreword of this Owner s Manual CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION Individual buttons cannot be cleared however to clear all programming push and hold the two outside buttons and re lease when the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 20 seconds REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HomeLink BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Transceiver button complete the fol lowing 1 Push and hold the desired HomeLink button Do not release the button until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds posi tion the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 Push and hold the hand held trans mitter button 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash
61. balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Informa tion US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the INFINITI Warranty Informa tion Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windshield re paired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe prop erly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when performing periodic maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park mecha nism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the se lector lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop
62. been shifted to R from another position or to another posi tion from R Objects may be distorted momentarily until the RearView Monitor screen is displayed com pletely When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display objects This is not a malfunc tion When strong light directly enters the camera objects may not be displayed clearly This is not a malfunction Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong re flected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluores cent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the RearView Monitor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark place or at night This is not a malfunction If dirt rain or snow attaches to the camera the RearView Monitor may not clearly display objects Clean the cam era Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discoloration To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with di luted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely af fected Do not use wax on the camera window Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth dampened with mild detergent diluted with water VENTILATORS Z m Lt Front Open or close and adjust the ai
63. belt has ac tivated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See an INFINITI dealer Removal and installation of the pre tensioner seat belt system components should be done by an INFINITI dealer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by an INFINITI dealer INFINITI recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any colli sion Always follow the restraint manu facturer s inspection instructions and re placement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources in cluding doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community orga nizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of chi
64. bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking han dling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speed ometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury e If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade vehicle handling characteristics and or interfer ence with the brake discs drums Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear Refer to Wheels and tires in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions Immediately after tire rotation is per formed tire pressure will not be indi cated on the display and the TPMS will not function Reset the system by driving the vehicle at over 25 MPH 40 km h for approximately 10 minutes If tire pressure is not indicated after per forming the resetting procedure above contact an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indi cated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with th
65. compact disc is being played the compact disc will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc will return to normal play speed When the j4q or pp button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the com pact disc is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the CD will be played The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when a CD is being played CD PLAY selection To change to another CD already loaded into the player push the CD play select buttons t to or choose a disc displayed on the screen using the INFINITI controller ol Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 CAT REPEAT RPT When the RPT button is pushed while the compact disc is played the play pattern can be changed as follows CD ALL DISC RPT 1 DISC RPT 1 TRK Track RPT O 1 DISC MIX ALL DISC MIX CD with MP3 or WMA B DISC RPT 1 DISC RPT 1 FOLDER RPT 1 TRK Track 1 FOLDER MIX 1 DISC MIX ALL DISC MIX ry CD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected To eject the discs selected by the CD se lect button push the EJECT button for less than 1 5 seconds To eject all the discs push the EJECT but ton for more than 1 5 seconds When this button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the com pact disc will come out
66. confused with a different voicetag 4 76 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems MEMO Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 77 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 06 5 2 Three way CatalySt cccescscececescsceceeeees 5 3 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover 06 5 6 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 6 All wheel drive AWD driving safety precautions For AWD models 600 5 6 Push button ignition switch ccccceeceeceees 5 7 Push button ignition switch positions 5 8 Intelligent Key battery discharge 5 8 Before Starting the engine ccceceececeececcees 5 9 Starting the engine ccecceccecescesceccceceeces 5 10 Driving the VENIClE ccccceccecescesceccecceeceeces 5 11 Automatic transmission cccceceeeeceeeees 5 11 P rtkine Di AKC vcs cccienescadsssdnscncetoxaevacdteadd castenexeces 5 14 Lane departure warning LDW system if so equipped cicsssiwasnsicvecesavinceoiceseisiiohexsacvorabaaevasens 5 15 Precautions on lane departure warning BS OM acess E E A E 5 16 Lane departure warning system OCI AUION aaa EEE 5 17 Cruise control sssessessseesseesseesseesseeseseseoesoseso 5 19 Precautions on cruise control
67. controlled auto matically 3 You can individually set driver and front passenger side temperature using each temperature control button When the DUAL button is pushed or the passenger side tem perature control button is turned the DUAL indicator will come on To turn off the passenger side temperature control push the DUAL button 4 To turn off the climate control system push the OFF button A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate in this mode When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Push the A C button The A C indi cator will turn off 2 Push the temperature control button to set the desired temperature e The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained auto matically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automati cally e Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the system may not work properly e Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Push the Gy front defroster button The indicator light on the but ton will come on 2 Push the temperature control button to set the desired temperature e To quickly remove ice from
68. core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or re lease air as needed 6 Install the valve stem cap Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare COLD TIRE SIZE INFLATION PRESSURE P245 45R18 230 kPa P215 60R16 94H FRONT 96V 35 PSI ORIGINAL TIRE 245 40R19 230 kPa P245 45R18 230 kPa REAR 96V 35 PSI ORIGINAL TIRE 245 40R19 230 kPa 94W 35 PSI Example Example SPARE 420 kPa O T145 80D1 i TIRE 60 PSI TIRE LABELING 1 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H 1 P The P indicates the tire is de Federal law requires tire manufacturers signed for passenger vehicles Not to place standardized information on ail Ties kave thie aarmadton the sidewall of all tires This informa tion identifies and describes the funda 2 Three digit number 215 This mental characteristics of the tire and number gives the width in millime also provides the tire identification ters of the tire from sidewall edge to number TIN for safety standard certifi sidewall edge cation The TIN can be used to identify 3 E ii caeea D Two digit number 65 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 R The R stands for radial Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 5 Two digit number 15 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches 6 Two or three digit number 95 This number is
69. disconnected or be comes discharged the predicted course lines may be displayed incorrectly If this occurs please perform the following procedures Turn the steering wheel from lock to lock while the engine is running Drive the vehicle on a straight road for more than 5 minutes When the steering wheel is turned with the ignition switch in the ACC position the predicted course lines may be dis played incorrectly The displayed lines will appear slightly off to the right because the monitoring camera is not installed in the center po sition The distance guide line and the vehicle width line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance be tween the vehicle and displayed objects When backing up the vehicle up a hill objects viewed in the monitor are further than they appear When backing up the vehicle down a hill objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they appear Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects The vehicle width and predicted course lines are wider than the actual width and course Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 1 Visually check that the parking space is safe before parking your vehicle 2 The rear view of the vehicle is dis played on the screen as illu
70. display the automatic transmission position indi cator the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system if so equipped information and the Intelligent Key operation information For details about the automatic transmis sion position indicator see Indicator lights earlier in this section For details about the ICC system see Intelligent cruise control system in the 5 Starting and driving section For the details about the Intelligent Key system see Intelli gent Key system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 2 20 Instruments and controls BRAKE BRAKE AC u INDICATORS FOR OPERATION 1 Engine start operation indicator ignition switch in the LOCK or ACC position This indicator appears when the ignition switch is in the LOCK or ACC position with the selector lever in the P position This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed 2 Engine start operation indicator ignition switch in the ON position This indicator appears when the ignition switch is in the ON position with the se lector lever in the P position This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed 3 Steering lock release malfunction indicator This indicator appears when the steering wheel cannot be released from the LOCK position If this i
71. distance is detected Pay special attention to the distance be tween your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision could occur Always confirm the setting in the Intelli gent Cruise Control system display Do not use the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode when driving under the following conditions when it is not possible to keep the ve hicle at a set speed in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed on winding or hilly roads on slippery roads rain snow ice etc in very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident Conventional fixed speed cruise control switch 1 RESUME ACCELERATE switch Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally SET COAST switch Sets the desired cruise speed reduces speed incrementally CANCEL switch Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed MAIN switch Master switch to activate the system CRUISE SET 2 gt CRUISE CRUISE lt 8 Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode display and indicators The display is located under the tachom eter 1 Cruise set switch indicator Displays while the vehicle speed is controlled by the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode of the ICC system MAIN switch indicator light Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON Starting and driving 5 39 3 Cruise system warning light Come
72. ers samer Maintenance SSCSCS S voce comma O S wem f Neveen vesens O A T E UOO ee O O if so equipped Vehicle information display to the separate Navigation Owners Manual 1 Push the INFO Li button on the control panel The screens as illustrated will appear 2 Choose an item using the INFINITI con troller and push the ENTER mTR button 3 After viewing or adjusting the informa tion on the following screens push the BACK button to return to the INFORMATION menu For the items Where am I GPS Satel lite Info and Navigation Versions refer Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 Li Information gt Fuel Economy 34 miles Distance to Empty FUEL ECONOMY information The distance to empty average fuel economy and current fuel economy shown on the right side bar will be dis played for reference To reset the Average Fuel Economy use the INFINITI controller to highlight the Reset key and push the ENTER ENTER Ke button If the View key is highlighted with the INFINITI controller and the ENTER ETAO button is pushed the average Li Information gt Fuel Economy Record fuel consumption history will be dis played in graph form along with the aver age for the previous Reset to Reset pe riod The unit can be converted between US and Metric See How to use
73. feel a pul sation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction While the VDC system is operating you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or feel a vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly The VDC system computer has a built in di agnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the ve hicle at a low speed forward or backward When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction 5 52 Starting and driving 4X WARNING The VDC system is designed to help im prove driving stability but does not pre vent accidents due to abrupt steering op eration at high speeds or due to careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully If engine related parts such as muffler are not standard equipment or are ex tremely deteriorated the VDC OFF in dicator or SLIP indicator or both indi cator lights may illuminate Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars and bushings are not INFINITI approved or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely af
74. fluid is Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze Fluid or equivalent AX CAUTION Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Any corrosion should be washed off with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the nega tive battery terminal cable to pre vent discharging it 4X WARNING Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas gener ated by the battery is explosive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explo sion When working on or near a battery al ways wear Suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related ac cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling Keep the batt
75. force applied to the brake pedal exceeds a certain level the Brake Assist is activated generating greater braking force than a conventional brake booster even with light pedal force 4X WARNING The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driv er s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times PREVIEW FUNCTION Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped model When the Preview Function identifies the need to apply emergency braking by sensing a vehicle ahead in the same lane and the distance and relative speed from it it applies the brake pre pressure be fore the driver depresses the brake pedal and helps improve brake response by re ducing pedal free play Starting and driving 5 47 a b This system will not operate when the vehicle is moving at approximately 20 MPH 32 km h or less The pre pressure function ceases when the following conditions are met When the driver depresses the accel erator pedal or the brake pedal If the driver does not operate the ac celerator or brake pedal within ap proximately 1 second 5 48 Starting and driving a b c The sensor will not detect Pedestrians or objects in the roadway Oncoming vehicles in the same lane Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane as illustrated 4X WARNING This system is only an aid to assist bra
76. from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 TRUNK LID 4X WARNING Do not drive with the trunk lid open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Exhaust gas in the 5 Starting and driving sec tion of this manual Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the trunk closed when not in use and pre vent children s access to Intelligent Keys 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments TRUNK LID RELEASE SWITCH The trunk lid release switch is located on the instrument panel To open the trunk lid push the release switch down as illustrated To close push the trunk lid down You can open the trunk lid with Intelligent Key Refer to Intelligent Key system or Intelligent remote control system earlier in this section OPENING WITH METAL KEY To open the trunk lid insert the mechani cal key or wallet key if so equipped to the trunk key cylinder and turn the key to the right side of the vehicle To close re move the key and push the trunk lid down TRUNK RELEASE POWER CANCEL SWITCH When the switch located inside the glove box is in the CANCEL position a the power to the trunk lid will be cancelled and the trunk lid cannot be opened by the trunk
77. from all of the categories when any CAT is not selected Faa PPI seEK SCAN tuning e For AM and FM radio Push the SEEK TRACK button l4 lt or gt gt for less than 1 5 seconds to tune from high to low or low to high fre quencies and to stop at each broad casting station for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN turning and the radio will remain tuned to that station Push the SEEK TRACK button or gt gt for more than 1 5 seconds to tune from high to low or low to high fre quencies and to stop at each broad casting station for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station e For satellite radio After selecting a CAT name push the SEEK TRACK button l4 lt 4 or pp to seek the next or previous channel in the selected category To seek the first channels listed in each category push the SEEK TRACK button Id or mri before selecting a CAT name To cancel the CAT mode push the BACK button on the INFINITI controller PRESET PRESET select Push the PRESET select button to go to the next PRESET After choosing from the PRESET A B or C you can select the de sired channel using the INFINITI controller or pushing the station preset buttons to i to Six stations channels can be set for PRESET A B and C The PRESET A B and C function allows you to store a com
78. function is turned on the intermittent operation speed varies in accordance with the vehicle speed For example when the vehicle speed is high the in termittent operation speed will be Instruments and controls 2 25 faster To turn this function on and off see How to use SETTING button in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section 2 Low continuous low speed opera tion 3 High continuous high speed opera tion Push the lever up 4 to have one sweep operation of the wiper Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer Then the wiper will also oper ate several times 2 26 Instruments and controls REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH To defog defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors start the engine and push the switch a on The indicator light will come on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off It will automatically turn off in approxi mately 15 minutes 4X CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear win dow be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS if so equipped 4X WARNING AY HIGH VOLTAGE e When xenon headlights are on they pro duce a high voltage To prevent an elec tric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xenon headlights replaced at an_ INFINITI dealer e Xenon headlights prov
79. hold it down Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will operate to prevent the weeels from locking up Steer the ve hicle to avoid obstacles 4X WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors elec tric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in di agnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate malfunc tion If the computer senses a malfunc tion it switches the ABS off and illumi nates the ABS warning light on the instru ment panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH 5 to 10 km h The speed varies ac cording to road conditions When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This ac tion is similar to pumping the brakes quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel
80. illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction ex ists When the malfunction indicator is il luminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as in tended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the instal lation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replace ment or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly 5 4 Starting and driving Additional information The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pres sure for example a flat tire while driv ing The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to acti vate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pres sure gauge to check the tire pressure Tire pressure rises and falls de pending on the heat caused by the ve hicle s operation and the outside tem perature Low outside temperatu
81. lid release switch the trunk open request switch with the Intelligent Key carried with you or the TRUNK button on the Intelligent Key It can be opened only with the mechanical key or wallet key if so equipped When you have to leave the vehicle with a valet and want to keep your belongings safe in the glove box and the trunk push this switch to CANCEL and lock the glove box with the mechanical key Then leave the vehicle and the Intelligent Key with the valet and keep the mechanical key with you See Keys Intelligent Key earlier in this section To connect the power to the trunk lid push the switch to the ON position 8 INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE 4X WARNING Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s ac cess to Intelligent Keys Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 The interior trunk lid release mechanism provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the trunk To open the trunk lid from the inside pull the release handle A until the lock re leases and push up on the trunk lid The release lever is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light The handle is located on the back of the trunk lid as illustrate
82. light or Brake warning light Charge warning light Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light Door open warning light Engine oil pressure warning light light Orange if so equipped Intelligent Key warning light KEY o Low fuel warning light CHECKING BULBS Apply the parking brake and push the ig nition switch to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system warning Low tire pressure warning light Low washer fluid warning light ee Preview Function warning light Orange if so equipped O D c a m Rear Active Steer warning light if so equipped Seat belt warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Adaptive Front lighting System AFS indicator light if so equipped a5 eB Automatic transmission position indicator light 2 Cruise main switch indicator light Green A Cruise set switch indicator light SERVICE BRAKE OF es 7 ENGINE CRUISE A rA AWD RAS The following lights come on briefly and then go off if so equipped A gt ABS OF CHECK SLIP 7 a eG 5 226 PASS AIR BAG OFF By Front passenger air bag status light 2 High beam indicator light Blue Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system MAIN switch indicator light Green if so equipped Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system set switch indicator light if so equipped Lane De
83. longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake bedding The parking brake shoes must be bed ded down whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drums are replaced in order to assure the best braking performance This procedure is described in the Vehicle service manual and can be performed by an INFINITI dealer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will cause overheating of the brakes wearing out the brake and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help save the brakes and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear be fore going down a Slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control 4X WARNING While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or acceler ating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder BRAKE ASSIST BRAKE ASSIST When the
84. modules during inflation The side air bag and curtain side impact air bag will de flate quickly after the collision is over After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the systems are operational 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 4X WARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of this side air bag and curtain air bag system This is to prevent accidental in flation of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspen sion system or side panel This could af fect proper operation of the supple mental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system e Tampering with the supplemental air bag system may result in serious per sonal injury For examp
85. naviga tion system if so equipped Trunk release power cancel switch P 3 19 METERS AND GAUGES 9 TRIP RESET knob for twin trip odometer P 2 5 Q TRIP R SET 1 Engine coolant temperature gauge 5 Fuel gauge P 2 6 P 2 6 6 Meter illumination control knob P 2 7 2 Tachometer P 2 5 7 Dot matrix liquid crystal display 3 Warning indicator lights P 2 11 P 2 20 4 Speedometer P 2 5 8 Odometer twin trip odometer P 2 5 Illustrated table of contents 0 9 ENGINE COMPARTMENT 8 Radiator filler cap P 8 10 9 Engine oil dipstick P 8 13 10 Air cleaner P 8 22 Shown with the engine compartment access panels removed For removal and replacement instructions see En gine compartment check locations in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section VK45DE ENGINE 4 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 17 1 Fuse fusible link holder P 8 26 gt oan washer fluid reservoir 2 Battery P 8 18 3 Engine oil filler cap P 8 13 6 Coolant reservoir P 8 10 7 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 17 0 10 Illustrated table of contents 8 Radiator filler cap P 8 10 9 Engine oil dipstick P 8 13 10 Air cleaner P 8 22 Shown with the engine compartment access panels removed For removal and replacement instructions see En gine compartment check locations in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section VQ35DE ENGINE 4 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 17 1 Fuse fu
86. not in NN flate if the passenger air bag status light Sit upright and well back is lit or if the front passenger seat is un occupied See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section e The seat belts and the supplemental front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat Supplemental front air bags in flate with great force Even with the INFINITI advanced air bag system if you are unrestrained leaning forward sit ting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the supple Sit upright and well back Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 mental front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel or in strument panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The air bag system monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then in flates the air bags Failure to properly wear Seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor pressure sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some con ditions This senso
87. of an INFINITI dealer in your area call the INFINITI Satisfaction Center at 1 800 361 4792 and a bilingual INFINITI representative will assist you Also available are genuine INFINITI Ser vice and Owners Manuals for older INFINITI models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important information you should know Many insur ance companies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Insist on the use of Genuine INFINITI Collision Parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to INFINITI s original ex acting specifications if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine INFINITI Collision Parts INFINITI does not warrant non INFINITI parts nor does INFINITI s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine INFINITI Parts can help pro tect your personal safety preserve your warranty protection and maintain the re sale value of your vehicle And if your ve hicle was leased using Genuine INFINITI Parts may prevent or limit unnecessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease INFINITI designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your ve hicle in an accident Non genuine imita ti
88. or carpets 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Fail ure to use a child restraint can result in serious injury or death Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating supplemental front air bag could seri ously injure or kill your child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat INFINITI recommends that the child re straint be installed in the rear seat Ac cording to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a front facing child restraint in the front seat see Child restraint in stallation using the seat belts in this section Improper use or improper installation of a child restraint can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle and can lead to serious injury or death in an acci dent Follow all of the child restraint manufac ture
89. or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts after the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication in terval e Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pres sure COLD pressure After the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label af fixed to the driver side center pillar For models equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system TPMS After adjusting tire pressure to the COLD tire pressure the display of the tire pres sure information may show higher pres sure than the COLD tire pressure after the vehicle has been driven more than 1 mile 1 6 km This is because the tire pressur izes as the tire temperature rises This does not indicate a system malfunction SCE0505 Securely store the flat tire and jacking equipment in the vehicle Place the spare tire cover and the trunk floor carpeting over the dam aged tire Close the trunk 4X WARNING Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking
90. passenger air bag is operational Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as de scribed below as permitted by U S regu lations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by re quiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements One sensor used is the occupant classifi cation sensor pressure sensor It is in the bottom of the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an oc cupant and objects on the seat by weight It works together with seat belt sensors described later For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the advanced air bag system is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF Also if a child re straint of the type specified in the regula tions is on the seat its weight and the child s weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF The occupant clas sification sensor operation can vary de pending on the front passenger seat belt sensors The front passenger seat belt sensors a
91. plate in mm Overall width in mm Overall height in mm Front tread in mm Rear tread in mm Wheelbase in mm Two wheel drive 2WD model All wheel drive AWD model 192 6 4 893 192 9 4 899 70 8 1 798 59 4 1 508 60 0 1 523 60 5 1 537 61 1 1 551 61 0 1 550 60 7 1 543 114 2 2 900 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY If you plan to travel in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle s engine Using fuel with too low an octane rating may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline Therefore avoid taking your ve hicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regula tions The laws and regulations for motor ve hicle emission control and safety stan dards vary according to the country state province or district therefore ve hicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications trans portation and registration are the respon sibility of the user INFINITI is not respon sible for any inconvenience that may re sult VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
92. position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supple mental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is op erational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 PASS AIR BAG e OFF rv Front passenger air bag status light Front passenger air bag and Status light 4X WARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some condi tions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual con cerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light g iS located on the overhead console The light operates as follows e Unoccupied passenger seat The oe IS OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Passenger seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as out lined in this section The sge illumi nates to indicate that the front pas senger air bag is OFF and will not in flate in a crash e Occupied passenger seat and the pas senger meets the conditions outlined in this section The light a is OFF to indicate that the front
93. position This lets the driver get into and out of the seat more easily For more information see Automatic drive positioner later in this section SUN VISORS 4 amp CAUTION Store the main sun visor after storing the sub sun visor and the extension sun visor Do not pull the sub sun visor and the ex tension sun visor forcefully downward To block out glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 1 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side 2 Then to block glare from the front too swing down the sub sun visor G Slide the extension sun visor if necessary MIRRORS AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE INSIDE MIRROR The inside mirror is designed so that it automatically changes reflection ac cording to the intensity of the headlights of the following vehicle The anti glare system will be automati cally turned on when you turn the ignition switch to the ON position When the system is turned on the indica tor light will illuminate and excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced Push the C switch a to make the in side rearview mirror operate normally and the indicator light will turn off Push the 4 switch again to turn the system on Do not allow any object to cover the sensor or apply glass cleaner on it Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor resulti
94. possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads e when contaminants such as soot bird droppings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface e when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your ve hicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Thoroughly rinse surface dirt off the ve hicle with a wet sponge and plenty of clean water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean water 7 2 Appearance and care Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be regularly cleaned Make sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road Salt Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle 4X CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes especially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle compo
95. proce dures while the DVD image or the rear view is displayed see INFINITI mobile entertainment system MES or Rear View Monitor later in this section 4 14 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Aa o o rr O 3 Q0000m00000 V5 e Treble QO000a00000 V ilfeasnce ce ON00000000RER E Jle J ree DDODDAOOOOO Foe 5 J soseecontepcne CoN if HS O O O AUDIO settings The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING button se lecting the AUDIO key with the multi function controller and pushing the ENTER EO button Bass Treble Balance Fade To adjust the speaker tone quality and sound balance select the Bass Treble Balance or Fade key and ad just it with the INFINITI controller These items can also be adjusted by pushing and turning the AUDIO knob A P z _ Balance Let DDO00G00000Rign 3 Fade RearMOO00G00000F ron W ilfeoscnepne Co if il eose auiorine Con if JE surowa voume HI0000000000 e BOSE Centerpoint if so equipped When this item is turned to ON an ex citing surround sound is generated from a traditional stereo recording BOSE AudioPilot if so equipped When this item is turned to ON AudioPilot monitors noise in the passen ger compartment with a microphone and compensates for any unpleasant noise Surround Volume if so equipped To adju
96. qt 3 4 qt 0 8 50 Demineralized or distilled water VQ35DE 5 8 qt 1 2 qt 0 6 Automatic transmission fluid Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF 4 Differential gear oil API GL 5 Viscosity SAE 80W 90 7 Transfer fluid _ _ Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF Continental U S and Alaska or Canada NISSAN Automatic Trans mission Fluid 8 Power steering fluid PSF Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions _Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent 10 Brake fluid in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 5 or equivalent DOT 3 Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a 9 Air conditioning system lubricants Deepest e ae Window washer fluid Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent 1 For additional information see later in this paragraph for fuel recommendation 2 For additional information see later in this paragraph for engine oil and oil filter recommendation 3 For additional information see later in this paragraph for recommended SAE viscosity number 4 Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty 5 Avail
97. range is normally limited to 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhib iting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off ob jects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the sig nals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interfer ence from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by lowering the treble setting to reduce the treble re sponse Multipath reception Because of the re flective characteristics of FM signals di rect and reflected signals reach the re ceiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound AM radio reception AM signals because of their low fre quency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the iono sphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also subject to interference as they travel fr
98. rapidly release both buttons The HomeLink Universal Transceiver but ton has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just pro grammed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink but tons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or dealer of those devices for additional in formation When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Uni versal Transceiver with your new transmit ter information FCC Notice This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This de vice must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation The transmitter has been tested and com plies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com pliance could void the user s authority to operate the device DOC ISTC 1763K1313 FCC I D CB2V67690 Instruments and controls 2 55 MEMO 2 56 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments Keys Intelligent Key cccceccecececcecececeeces Removing the mech
99. rope or similar de i vice Never secure the steering wheel by pushing the ignition switch to the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mechanism iain OOS Two wheel drive models TOWING RECOMMENDED BY INFINITI fy CAUTION Two Wheel Drive 2WD models e Never tow automatic transmission INFINITI recommends that your vehicle be models with the rear wheels on the towed with the driving rear wheels off ground or four wheels on the ground the ground or place the vehicle on a flat forward or backward as this may bed truck as illustrated cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels In case of emergency 6 13 H TAA Re AC A SN n_e Ses SSE GN All wheel drive models All Wheel Drive AWD models INFINITI recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as il lustrated AX CAUTION Never tow AWD models with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause se rious and expensive damage to the power train 6 14 In case of emergency VEHICLE RECOVERY Freeing a stuck vehicle Securely install the vehicle recovery hook 1 stored with jacking tools Make sure that the hook is properly secured in the 4X WARNING Stand clear of a stuck vehicle Do not spin your tires at high speed This could ca
100. seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 8 Check that the retractor is in the auto matic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more seat belt webbing out of the retractor the re tractor is in the automatic locking mode 9 Check to make sure that the child re straint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked re peat steps 4 through 7 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 BOOSTER SEATS PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER SEATS 4A WARNING Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Fail ure to use a child restraint or booster seat can result in serious injury or death Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself INFINITI recommends that the booster seat be installed in the rear seat Ac cording to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear sea
101. second pe riod will stop SCAN tuning and the ra dio will remain tuned to that station To scan the first channels listed in each category push the SEEK TRACK button I4 or ppb for more than 1 5 seconds before entering the CAT se lect mode Information screen The following notices will be displayed under certain conditions NO SIGNAL No signal is received while the SAT tuner is connected OFF AIR Broadcasting signed off 4 40 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems e ANTENNA ERROR Antenna connection error e LOADING XM ACQUIRING SR When the initial setting is performed e UPDATING XM CALL XXXX SR When the satellite radio subscription is not active e INVALID CH Invalid channel is re ceived Compact disc CD changer operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position push the LOAD button and insert the compact disc into the slot with the la bel side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing After loading the disc the number of tracks on the disc and the play time will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will au tomatically turn off and the compact disc will play If the system has been turned off while the compact disc was playing pushing the ON OFF VOLUME control knob will start the compact disc LOAD CD LOAD To insert a CD in the CD changer push the LOAD button for le
102. see an INFINITI dealer im mediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Parking brake Check the parking brake operation regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjustment see an INFINITI dealer Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system For example buckles an chors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt webbing for cuts fraying wear or damage Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 to ensure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and that the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Steering wheel Check for changes in the steering conditions such as excessive free play hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are op erating properly Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets prop erly and in sufficient quantity when oper ating the heater or air conditioner Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not s
103. strument panel will then illuminate or ange If the LDW indicator light illuminates or ange park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off and re start the en gine If the LDW indicator light continues 5 16 Starting and driving to illuminate have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer Excessive noise will interfere with warning system chime sound and the chime may not be heard The system may not function properly un der the following conditions On roads where the lane markers are faded or are not painted clearly On roads where the lane markers are painted yellow On roads where water dirt or snow is covering the lane markers The system may not monitor the lane markers in certain road weather or driving conditions On roads where there are sharp curves Where the traveling lane merges or separates On roads where the discontinued lane markers are present such as near toll gates On roads where there are no general lane markers On roads where the lane width is too narrow During bad weather rain fog snow etc When strong light for example at sunrise or sunset is directly shining on the front of the vehicle in the cam era When entering or exiting a tunnel where a sudden change in brightness occurs When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you which obstructs the cam era detection range When the vehicle s traveling direction does not ali
104. switch seesssseesseeesseeessecessecssseesssee 2 31 U Underbody cleaning essseessseessseesssecsssecssseessseeo 7 3 Uniform tire quality grading sesssseessssessssesssee 9 17 V Variable voltage control system ccceeees 8 20 Vanity mirror lights sisccsaiccandetasiddeesuciiveleuaeeielias 2 51 Vehicle Identification number VIN ssssssssssseosesese 9 9 Loading information essssessssessssesssscessecess 9 13 Recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 15 Security system sesssesssesseesseosseosseossessee 2 22 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off SWIC EE 2 36 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 51 Ventilator Sessera aean 4 23 Voice recognition SyStemM esseesssesseesseossessee 4 68 W Warning labels Air bag warning labels 1 50 Warning light Air bag warning light sciecssscesasecsacacsavs 1 50 2 16 All wheel drive AWD warning light 2 12 Brake warning light sscccssescesesceeesees 2 12 Door open warning NEN iceisiiissicccaisezseecs 2 13 Low fuel warning light cccsescssesceeeees 2 14 Low tire pressure warning light 2 14 Seat belt warning light and chime 2 16 Warning lightS eeesseesseessessseseresecesscesecsseosseees 2 12 Warning Hazard warning flasher switch 2 32 Warning Lane departure warning LDW SYSE Messens na e a e Ea ee ea 5 15 Warning Tire pressure monitoring system PM er 5 3 6 2
105. systems 4 61 tween a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system e Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www infiniti com bluetooth for a rec ommended phone list e You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following condi tions Your vehicle is outside of the tele phone service area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage behind a tall building or in a mountainous area Your cellular phone is locked in order not to be dialed e When the radio wave condition is too bad or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other per son s voice during a call e Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position or the DVD ROM for the navigation system is inserted into the player if so equipped it may be impossible to re ceive a call for a short period of time e Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption e While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connec tion the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual e If the hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning
106. the 6 In case of emergency section for immediate action required FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during brak ing turning acceleration or going up or down hill The gauge needle returns to E Empty af ter the ignition switch is pushed to LOCK Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters E Empty The low fuel warning light comes on when the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably be fore the gauge reaches E There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E The i gt indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the passenger s side of the vehicle AX CAUTION e If the vehicle runs out of fuel the SERVICE ENGNE malfunction indicator light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as pos sible After a few driving trips the ENGINE lamp should turn off If the lamp remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer e For additional information see Mal function indicator lamp MIL later in this section METER RING ILLUMINATION AND NEEDLE SWEEP The ring illumination surrounding meters and gauges illuminates when the driver s door is closed after getting into the ve hicle with the Intelligent Key carried in When the engine is started the indicator needles will sweep in the sp
107. the Intelligent Key All the doors and fuel filler door will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once 1 Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position 2 Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door is open Unlocking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the UNLOCK gg button 2 on the Intelligent Key once 2 The hazard indicator flashes once The driver s door and fuel filler door will unlock 3 Push the UNLOCK R button on the Intelligent Key again within 5 seconds or within 60 seconds for some models 4 The hazard indicator flashes once again All the doors will unlock Any door should be opened within 1 minute after the door is unlocked Other wise all the doors will be locked again au tomatically Opening windows To open the windows push the door UN LOCK button on the Intelligent Key for about 3 seconds after the door is un locked To stop opening release the UNLOCK button Window cannot be closed using the Intel ligent Key The door windows can be opened or closed by turning the metal key in a door lock See Doors earlier in this section Opening trunk lid 1 Push the TRUNK button G on HOLD the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second 2 The trunk will unlatch 3 Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk Using panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened
108. the LDW system does not warn you Starting and driving 5 17 Temporary disabled status at high temperature If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions over approximately 104 F 40 C and then started the lane departure warning system may cancel automatically The LDW switch ON indicator will blink When the interior temperature is reduced the system will again operate automati cally and the LDW switch ON indicator il luminates 5 18 Starting and driving SSD0453 Lane Departure Warning camera unit maintenance The LDW camera unit 1 for the LDW sys tem is located inside the map light cover To keep the LDW system operating prop erly be sure to observe the following e Always keep the windshield clean The sensing capability of the camera unit depends on the condition of the wind shield See 7 Appearance and care section for cleaning instruction e Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit Do not touch the camera lens or remove the screw located on the camera unit Doing so could cause failure or malfunction If the camera unit is damaged due to an accident contact an INFINITI dealer Do not attach a sticker including transparent material or install an ac cessory near the camera unit This could cause failure or malfunction Do not place reflective materials such as a white paper or mirrors on the in strument panel Reflection of the sun
109. the TPMS and cause the low tire pres sure warning light to illuminate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle Ifa transmitter set to similar frequen cies is being used in or near the ve hicle If a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com pliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause un desired operation of the device Starting and driving 5 5 AVOIDING COLLISION AND person is significantly more likely to bein And that s true for drugs too over the ROLLOVER jured or killed than a person properly counter prescription and illegal drugs wearing a Seat belt Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or A WARNING DRINKING ALCOHOL some other physical condition DRUGS AND DRIVING ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS For AWD Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be
110. the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the trunk lid closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment If you must drive with the trunk lid open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the lt gt air recirculation button to off and the fan control at 4 high to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable connec tions must pass to a trailer through the seal on the trunk lid or the body follow the manufacturer s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle If a special body camper or other equip ment is added for recreational or other usage follow the manufacturer s recom mendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle Do not occupy these areas while the engine is running even if the vehicle is parked Some recre ational vehicle appliances such as stoves refrigerator heaters etc may also generate carbon monoxide The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic when ever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The
111. the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause it is not required by law 7 H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself DOT XX XX XXX XXXX Example 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code Manufacturer s iden tification mark 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 Three digit code Tire type code Op tional 5 Three digit code Date of Manufac ture 6 Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire 3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indi cate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others 4 Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure 5 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum loa
112. the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer 4X CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system checked and re paired as necessary could lead to poor drive ability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission control system Slip indicator light This indicator will blink when the VDC system or the traction control system is operating thus alerting the driver to the fact that the road surface is slippery and the vehicle is nearing its traction limits Turn signal hazard indicator lights The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on WE Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light The light comes on when the vehicle dy namic control off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates that the vehicle dynamic control system and traction control system are not operating When the ve hicle dynamic control off indicator light and slip indicator light come on with the vehicle dynamic control system turned on this light alerts the driver to the fact that the vehicle dynamic control system s fail safe mode is operating for example the vehicle dynamic control system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer If an abnor mality occurs in the system the vehicle dynamic control system function will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable Fo
113. there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song Music cuts off or skips The songs do not play back in the The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the de desired order sired order Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 8 FF fast forward button for SEEK TRACK 9 CD EJECT button OE 1 ON OFF VOLUME control knob 5 Radio PRESET A B C selector button Radio station and CD selector buttons 6 Radio CAT category CD RPT repeat 3 Radio tuning MP3 WMA folder selec play button tor AUDIO control knob 7 REW rewind button for SEEK TRACK 4 CD LOAD button 4 36 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems INFO SETTING With Navigation system 1 RADIO band select button 2 DISC button 3 AUDIO TEXT button STATUS S be Without Navigation system FM AM SATELLITE RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD CHANGER For all operation precautions see Audio operation precautions earlier in this sec tion The satellite radio mode will be skipped un less an optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Ha waii and Guam It may take some time to receive the activa tion signal after subs
114. tional information see Child restraints later in this section The automatic locking mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occu pant the locking mode should not be acti vated If it is activated it may cause uncom fortable seat belt tension It can also change the operation of the front pas senger air bag See Front passenger air Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 bag and status light later in this section 4X WARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not com pletely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the belt push the button on the buckle The seat belt will automati cally retract Checking seat belt operation Your seat belt retractors are designed to lock belt movement by two separate methods e when the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor e when the vehicle slows down rapidly 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows e grasp the shoulder belt and pull for ward quickly The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any question about belt operation see an
115. to shift into P Park or R Reverse All other positions can be se lected without pushing the button 5 12 Starting and driving 4X WARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not run ning Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage P Park Use this selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be de pressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the selector lever to the P Park po sition 4X CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped R Reverse Use this position to back up Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped be fore selecting R Reverse The brake pedal must be depressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is en gaged The engine can be Started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving Manual
116. web bing out of the retractor the retractor is in the automatic locking mode Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 4 through 9 PASS AIR BAG e OFF rv Front facing step 12 12 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat push the igni tion switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light oe Should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light in this sec tion Move the child restraint to an other seating position Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the auto matic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled Rear facing Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seat 1 If your vehicle is equipped with rear power seat adjustment adjust the rear outboard seats to the uplight and re armost position Do not move the rear outboard seats with the child restraints attached to them Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29
117. when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position Sunshade The sunshade will open automatically when the sunroof is opened However it must be closed manually Tilting the sunroof Tilting up the sunroof is available when it is in the closed position To tilt up push the OPEN side a of the sunroof switch for less than 1 second To tilt the sunroof down push the CLOSE side 8 of the sun roof switch Sliding the sunroof Full open close To fully open the sunroof from the tilting up position push the OPEN side A of the sunroof switch To fully open the sunroof from the closed position push and hold the OPEN side of the sunroof switch until the sunroof comes to a tilt down motion after tilting up To fully close the sunroof push the CLOSE side 8 of the sunroof switch Half open close To open or close the sunroof halfway push the OPEN a or CLOSE side of the sunroof switch again while the sun roof is in the opening or closing motion Auto reverse function 4X WARNING There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle be fore closing the sunroof If the control unit detects something caught in the sunroof when it is closing the sunroof will be immediately opened The auto reverse function can be ac
118. will open BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM When all the following conditions are met for 60 minutes the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent battery discharge e The ignition switch is in the ACC posi tion and e All doors are closed and e The selector lever is in the P Park position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen chime or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle and a warning displays in the dot matrix liquid crystal display When a chime or beep sounds or the warning displays be sure to check the ve hicle and Intelligent Key See the troubleshooting guide on the next page and Dot matrix liquid crystal dis play in the 2 Instruments and control section 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The SHIFT P warning appears on the display and the inside warning chime sounds continuously The ignition switch is in the ACC posi Push the ignition switch to the LOCK When opening the driver s door to get The inside warning chime sounds con Key port Intelligent Key port The NO KEY warning appears on the display the outside chime sounds 3 The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Push the ignition switch to the LOCK times and the inside warning chime position position
119. you when the Intelligent Key is in con tact with or covered by a metallic material when radio wave type remote con trol entry is used nearby when the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal computer The Intelligent Key continually con sumes battery power as the key re ceives a signal to communicate with the vehicle Battery life is about 2 years although it varies depending on the operating conditions If the Intelligent Key receives strong signal over an extended period of time the battery could quickly run down Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a television set or personal computer When the Intelligent Key battery is al most discharged insert the Intelligent Key into the Intelligent Key port and start the engine Replace the dis charged battery with a new one as soon as possible For more details see Push button ignition switch in the 5 Starting and driving section Because the steering wheel is locked electrically unlocking the steering wheel with the ignition switch in the LOCK position is impossible when the vehicle battery is completely dis charged In this case unlocking the steering wheel is also impossible if the Intelligent Key is inserted into the In telligent Key port Pay special atten tion that the vehicle battery is not com pletely discharged If the vehicle battery is completely dis charged
120. you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows 1 Push the PANIC 3p button on the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 2 The theft warning alarm and head lights will stay on for 25 seconds 3 The panic alarm stops when e it has run for 25 seconds or e Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key are pushed Note Panic button should be pushed for more than 1 second Setting hazard indicator and horn mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the ve hicle In hazard indicator and horn mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once When the UNLOCK button 2 is pushed the hazard in dicator flashes once If horns are not necessary the system can be switched to the hazard indicator mode In hazard indicator mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indica tor flashes twice When the UNLOCK button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments Hazard indicator and horn mode poor tock DOORUNLOcK TRUNK UNLOCK Intelligent Key system HAZARD twice HAZARD once HAZARD none Using door handle request switch OUTSIDE CHIME OUTSIDE CHIME OUTSIDE CHIME 4 or trunk open request switch twice once times Remote keyless entry system HAZARD twice HAZARD once HAZARD none Using A
121. your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you up to the preset speed Conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode For cruising at a preset speed 4X WARNING Always drive carefully and attentively when using either cruise control mode Read and understand the Owner s Manual thoroughly before using the cruise control To avoid serious injury or death do not rely on the system to pre vent accidents or to control the ve control hicle s speed in emergency situations Do not use cruise control except in ap propriate road and traffic conditions In the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode a warning buzzer will not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a colli sion could occur Starting and driving 5 21 distance control 1 Vehicle to vehicle mode 2 Conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode Push the MAIN switch a to choose the cruise control mode between the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode 1 and the conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode Always confirm the setting in the Intelli gent Cruise Control system display For the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode see the following description For 5 22 Starting and driving the conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode see page 5 38 SELECTING THE VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE
122. 004B 1 Wear indicator 2 Wear indicator location mark Tire wear and damage 4X WARNING e Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulging or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself e The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced e Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury e Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal in jury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact an INFINITI dealer e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped See Specifica tions in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for recommended types and sizes of tires and wheels 4X WARNING e The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of dif ferent brands construction bias
123. 2 29 To turn the AFS off push the OFF side of the AFS OFF switch The AFS OFF indi cator light will illuminate Push the ON side of the switch to turn the system on again AFS will also adjust the headlight to a proper axis automatically depending on the number of occupants in the vehicle the load the vehicle is carrying and the road conditions If the AFS OFF indicator light blinks after the ignition switch has been pushed to the ON position this may indicate that the AFS is not functioning properly Have 2 30 Instruments and controls the system checked by an INFINITI dealer When the engine is started the head lights will vibrate to check the system condition This is not a malfunction Instrument brightness control The instrument brightness control oper ates when the light switch is in the AUTO when lighting paz or gO position with the ignition switch in the ON posi tion Turn the control to the darkening direc tion A or the brightening direction to adjust the brightness of instrument panel lights When the control is turned to the upper end the light intensity will be at maximum When the control is turned to the lower end the light will be turned off TURN SIGNAL SWITCH 4 Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signals cancel automati cally 2 Lane change signal To indicate a lane change move the l
124. 29 9 AUDIO TEXT display button P 4 29 10 INFO vehicle information button P 4 7 11 SETTING button P 4 12 When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will use up all the battery power and the engine will not start With Navigation system HOW TO USE INFINITI CONTROLLER Choose an item on the display using the main directional buttons 2 or additional directional buttons 6 with Navigation system or center dial G and push the ENTER ETA button 1 for operation If you push the BACK button 4 be fore the setup is completed the setup will be canceled and or the display will return to the previous screen After the setup is completed push the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 3 Without Navigation system BACK button and return to the previous screen For the VOICE button functions refer to the separate Navigation Owners Manual WARNING Program navigation system only when stopped Doing so while driving can lead to a serious or fatal accident See Owner s Manual This navigation system can help quide you However road and traffic conditions may require you to change your route Drive safety and obey all laws Push ENTER to accept START UP SCREEN model with Navigation system When you pu
125. 8 Intelligent Key battery replacement 8 28 POS US viaccess E A E E ETE EE EE E T TTT 8 30 Headlights cscasssiesvensvecassnamsecseseesesanseesewseneces 8 31 Exterior and interior lights ccee00e 8 32 Wheels and tires sssssesssssesseesoessessssoessossees 8 34 Jire cig ecicll ly oeerenre cn eer nr ee rih CE ne SOE tee 8 34 Tire labeling sucavessassctenasconsasp vere reseeenaseeaaes 8 37 Types of tires succcsdceondonuzescancscauetcadeseweseswonnst 8 39 Tre CVV S rassin 8 40 Changing wheels and tires cccceecees 8 41 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT Your new INFINITI has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with longer service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essen tial to maintain your INFINITI s fine me chanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the specified maintenance as well as general maintenance is per formed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle re ceives the proper maintenance care You are a vital link in the maintenance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is pe
126. A PRESET B PRESET C CD changer and DVD drive AUX if so equipped 4 44 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems UbWN gt Volume control switch Tune Track switch ON OFF switch Source SRC select switch Display REAR CONTROL SWITCHES FOR AUDIO if so equipped The audio system can also be operated using the rear controls Volume control switch Push the A front side or v rear side of the switch to adjust the vol ume N Front side Volume increases 6c 1 Rear side Volume decreases Tune Track switch The function varies depending on if you push the switch shorter less than 1 5 sec onds or longer more than 1 5 seconds RADIO e Pushing DOWN rear front A shorter 66 VY UP Next or previous preset channel e Pushing DOWN rear y UP front A longer Next or previous station channel CD e Pushing DOWN rear front A shorter 66 VY UP Next track or the beginning of the cur rent track e Pushing DOWN rear front A longer 66 VY UP Disc change When only one disc is loaded the 1st track of the disc will be selected CD with MP3 WMA e Pushing DOWN rear front A shorter 66 VY UP Next track or the beginning of the cur rent track e Pushing DOWN rear front A longer 13 VY UP Folder change When the last folder o
127. C operates e When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high ITA a _ D f Warning light and display Condition A The chime sounds and the Intelligent Cruise Control system is canceled auto matically in the conditions described below Part of the system display will come on or blink making it impossible to set e When the VDC is turned off e When the VDC operates e When a tire slips e When the SNOW mode switch is turned on e When strong light sunlight etc is di rectly shining on the front of the ve hicle Action to take When the conditions listed above are no longer present turn the system off using the Intelligent Cruise Control MAIN Switch Turn the ICC system back on to use the system CLEAN SENSOR D CRUISE CRUISE Condition B When the sensor window is dirty making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead the ICC system is automatically canceled The chime sounds and the system warning light Orange will come on and the CLEAN SENSOR indicator will appear Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place turn the engine off Clean the sensor window with a soft cloth and then perform the settings again CRUISE CRUISE Condition C When the ICC system is not operating properly the chime sounds and the system warning light Orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a sa
128. CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be Cannot play played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of MP3 WMA writing applications or other text editing applications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc is protected by copyright Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty It takes a relatively long time be If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3 WMA disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before fore the music starts playing the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data Move immediately to the next When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by song when playing copyright protection
129. CK or ACC position Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and push the selector lever button to shift into a driving gear 2 Release the parking brake and foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion 4X WARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive or manual shift mode Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident e Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up e On slippery roads do not downshift This may cause a loss of control e Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while vehicle is moving forward Never shift to P Park or D Drive while vehicle is moving rearward Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident 4X CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose Starting and driving 5 11 Shifting To move the selector lever Push the button while depressing the brake pedal Push the button Just move the selector lever After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and shift the selector lever from P Park to R Reverse N Neutral D Drive or Manual shift mode position Push the button
130. CQUIP DE cccciccssicscvcsaccerscasvesssacssovecdoenisas Digital versatile disc DVD system COMPONGNUS csscsssscveccsnencardyensGasdevauesenvenesass Remote controller and headphones battery replacement ccceccececececesceces Before operating the DVD entertainment SVSUCIY scvsusacascdsvanesa siodeds ti catesissasandeasesecantace Playing a digital versatile disc DVD 4 53 Care and maintenance cceccscsceceeeees 4 57 Car phone or CB radio ccececececescsceceeeees 4 59 Bluetooth hands free phone system 4 60 Pairing PrOCECUre ccceccececscsccscscececeecs 4 63 Phonebook registration ccccecesceeceeees 4 64 Making a call xtacsancaaeeasvarnanisestesere ieee 4 65 Receiving a call During a call Phone setting INFINITI voice recognition Using the system Command list Troubleshooting guide SVELE aeran SAFETY NOTE CENTER MULTI FUNCTION CONTROL PANEL 4X WARNING e Do not disassemble or modify this system If you do it may result in acci dents fire or electric shock ZOOM OUT STATUS 31 OFF e Do not use this system if you notice any ZOOM IN abnormality such as a frozen screen or iiia lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock e Incase you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it i With Navigation system or no
131. Clean and re install the drain plug with a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench VK45DE engine Drain plug tightening torque 22 to 29 ft lb 29 to 39 N m Do not use excessive force 9 Refill engine with recommended oil and install the oil filler cap securely 4X CAUTION The dipstick must be inserted in place to pre vent oil spillage from the dipstick hole while filling the engine with oil Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 10 11 See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil tem perature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Al ways use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary After the operation 1 Install the engine undercover into po sition as the following steps a Pull the center of the small plastic clip out b Hold the engine undercover into position c Insert the clip through the under cover into the hole in the frame then push the center of the clip in to lock the clip in place 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself d Install the other b
132. FINITI dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS a o o i Elapsed Time 18 31 58 Reset 3 Driving Distance 116 9 miles C Reset l 6 3 MPH H BH Average Speed yy CCAR IF wo A eae TRIP COMPUTER information Elapsed Time Driving Distance and Av erage Speed will be displayed To reset use the INFINITI controller to highlight the Reset key and push the ENTER ARAO button immediately be fore driving the vehicle The unit can be converted between US and Metric See How to use SETTING button later in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 Li Information gt Maintenance 6000 12000 18000 6000 12000 18000 miles MAINTENANCE information To set the maintenance interval for the Engine Oil Oil Filter Tire or Other Re minder choose an item using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER ERS button You can also set to display a message to remind you that the maintenance needs to be performed The following example shows how to set the engine oil change interval Use the same steps to set the other maintenance information Nal sa 06000 12000 18000 Ti Rossi bance x Ca BE Interval ci C 2a a E E a Jg O 6000 12000 18000 FH A ii Reset the
133. Foreword Your INFINITI represents a new way of thinking about vehicle design It inte grates advanced engineering and supe rior craftsmanship with a simple refined aesthetic sensitivity associated with tra ditional Japanese culture The result is a different notion of luxury and beauty The car itself is important but so is the sense of harmony that the vehicle evokes in its driver and the sense of satisfaction you feel with the INFINITI from the way it looks and drives to the high level of dealer service To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI to the fullest we encourage you to read this Owner s Manual immediately It explains all of the features controls and perfor mance characteristics of your INFINITI it also provides important instructions and safety information A separate Warranty Information Booklet is in cluded in your Owner s literature portfolio The INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide ex plains details about maintaining and servicing your vehicle Always carry it with you when you take your vehicle to an INFINITI dealer The Warranty Information Booklet contents pro vide complete information about all warranties covering this vehicle the requirements to keep the warranties in effect as well as the INFINITI Roadside Assistance program Additionally a separate Customer Care and Lemon Law Information Booklet will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clari
134. GO NET if so equipped The cargo net helps keep packages in the Cargo area from moving around while your vehicle is driven To install the cargo net attach the hooks to the retainers A AX CAUTION Avoid keeping heavy objects in the net 2 44 Instruments and controls WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS 4X WARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the win dows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in the window Unattended chil dren could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ig nition switch is in the ON position or while the power window switches illumi nate for about 45 seconds after the igni tion switch is pushed to the LOCK posi tion If the driver s or front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is cancelled 4 SL SIC2576 Main power window switch driver s side 1 Driver side window 2 Front passenger side window 3 Rear left passenger side window 4 Rear right passenger side window 5 Window lock button To open or close the window push down a or pull up the switch and hold it The main switch driver side switches will open or close all the windows
135. GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight rat ings are exceeded move or remove items to bring all weights below the rat ings 9 16 Technical and consumer information TOWING A TRAILER Your vehicle was designed to be used to Carry passengers and cargo INFINITI does not recommend trailer towing because it places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drivetrain steering braking and other systems An INFINITI Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at www infiniti com This guide includes in formation on trailer towing capability and the special equipment required for proper towing If you must use this vehicle to tow a trailer the trailer load should never ex ceed 1 000 lb 4X CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from towing a trailer is not covered by INFINITI warranties FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recre ational vehicle such as a motor home CAUTION e Failure to follow these guidelines can re sult in severe transmission damage e Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any automatic transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication e For emergency towing p
136. Hague G On Hald 090611 5XXXX He id RECEIVING A CALL When you hear a phone ring the display will change to the ON HOLD mode To re ceive a call follow the three procedures listed below a Select the Answer key on the dis play and push the ENTER sR button b Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel c Push the g button on the steering wheel mounted controls There are some options available when receiving a call Select one of the fol lowing displayed on the screen Answer Accept an incoming call to talk Hang up Reject an incoming call Handset Transfer the call to the cellular phone To finish the call follow the three proce dures listed below a Select the Hang up key on the dis play and push the ENTER ESTER Ke button b Push the PHONE f button on the instrument panel c Push and hold the amp button on the steering wheel mounted controls for 1 5 seconds 4 66 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Phone Qs While Callin 09061 15XXXX A5504T DURING A CALL There are some options available during a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen if necessary Hang up Finish the call Handset Transfer the call to the cellular phone Mute Mute your voice to the person Cancel Mute This will appear after Mute is selected Mute will be cancelled
137. INFINITI dealer Center of rear seat Selecting correct set of seat belts The center seat belt buckle is identified by the CENTER mark a The center seat belt tongue can be fastened only into the center seat belt buckle Shoulder belt height adjustment front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you See Precautions on seat belt usage ear lier in this section 4X WARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoulder belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position e The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effective ness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident To adjust push the button a and then move the shoulder belt anchor to the de sired position so that the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off of your shoulder Re lease the button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving posi tion it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an ex tender is available The extender adds ap proximately 8 in 200 mm of length and Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 CHILD RESTRAINT
138. Intelligent Key from be ing left inside the trunk make sure you carry the key with you and then close the trunk Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door The Intelligent Key system opening closing doors with the door handle re quest switch can be set to remain in active See Vehicle information and settings in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or bag 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch a within the range of operation Locking doors and fuel filler door 1 Move the selector lever to the P po sition push the ignition switch to the LOCK position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 1 2 Close all the doors 2 Push the driver s or front passenger s door handle request switch while car rying the Intelligent Key with you 3 4 All the doors and fuel filler door will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the outside chime sounds twice 1 Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch i
139. Intelligent Key left in the vehicle not in the Intelligent Key port and any door open all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed These functions help to prevent the Intel ligent Key from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle ye SPA2002 CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK The child safety rear door lock helps pre vent doors from being opened acciden tally especially when small children are in the vehicle When the levers are in the lock position 1 the rear doors can be opened only from the outside To disengage move the levers to the un lock position 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can be used only when you carry the key with you and operate it as specified within the inside or outside operating ranges described as fol lows When the Intelligent Key battery runs down or where there are strong radio waves or noise the operating range may be narrower or the key may be inopera tive 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments Operating range of the door or trunk lock unlock function The outside sensors are located in the front outside door handles and the trunk The operating ranges of the door or trunk lock unlock functions are shown in the il lustration Front door 1 31 5 in 80 cm from the door handle request switch Trunk 2 31 5
140. LK amp switch to restart the operation After Wait or Pause is recognized the system 3 To cancel push TALK switch for 2 seconds pauses for 20 seconds and then auto matically restart the operation e If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control buttons or on the 5 The system confirms the recognized 7 The system confirms the recognized command and a list of command list command and a list of the commands steering wheel or use the audio categories appears that you selected appears system volume knob while the system 6 After the tone sounds speak one of Voice commands cannot be accepted is making an announcement the following categories when the icon is e Phone Help e The list displayed can be scrolled by e Navigation Help if so equipped eeu switch on the e Information Help e ifthe command is not recognized the e Audio Help Radio CD DVD if so system announces Please say equipped Help again Repeat the command in a clear voice e Climate Control Hel e Push the TALK amp switch or BACK 4 70 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems List of help commands The voice command description in this manual can be expressed in various ways Different phrases are available depending on the conditions of each command Words that are not in brackets or parenthesis must be spoken Words identified by a slash inside pa re
141. NFINITI recommends that injured persons use seat belts depending on the injury Check with your doctor for specific recom mendations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 PRE CRASH SEAT BELTS front seats if so equipped The pre crash seat belt tightens the seat belt to help restrain front seat occupants under emergency braking This can help reduce the risk of injury when a collision occurs Pre crash seat belts will not be activated when e the brake pedal is not depressed e the seat belt is not fastened e the selector lever is in the reverse po sition e the vehicle speed is under 10 MPH 15 km h Always wear your seat belt correctly and sit upright and well back If the seat belt warning light blinks even if the driver s and front passenger s seat belts are fastened it may indicate the pre crash seat belt system has a malfunc tion Have your INFINITI dealer check and repair the system THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT 4X WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dan gerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive seri ous internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in
142. NG INFORMATION 4X WARNING e itis extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside the vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle e Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment fluids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not include passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit speci fied for the front or rear axle This information is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo
143. ON e If any abnormalities are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked e The battery could run down if the seat by an INFINITI dealer heater is operated while the engine is not running e Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat e Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cushion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated e Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar The rear outboard seats are warmed by object This may result in damage to the built in heaters The switches located on heater the inside of the rear center armrest can be operated independently of each other e Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a 1 Start the engine dry cloth 2 Select heat range e When cleaning the seat never use gaso AO For high heat push the HI High line thinner or any similar materials side of the switch 2 For low heat push the LO Low side of the switch The indicator light in the switch G will Instruments and controls 2 33 illuminate when low or high is se lected To turn off the heater return the switch to the level position Make sure the indicator light goes off The heater is controlled by a thermo stat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will re
144. P 4 43 TALK switch P 4 68 Phone switch P 4 61 Volume control switches P 4 44 Source select switch P 4 43 7 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 25 8 Steering wheel mounted controls Right side Cruise control switches P 5 19 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC switches if so equipped P 5 21 9 Hood release handle P 5 17 10 Trunk lid release switch P 3 18 11 Lane Departure Warning LDW switch if so equipped P 2 35 P 5 15 12 Intelligent Key port P 5 8 910 1112 13 Tilting telescopic steering wheel switch P 3 22 1 Instrument brightness control switch 4 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF 14 Steering wheel P 2 30 switch P 2 36 Horn P 2 32 2 Outside mirror remote control P 3 24 5 Headlight fog light and turn signal E e APEE all hae switch P 2 26 eae 3 Adaptive Front lighting System AFS switch if so equipped P 2 29 6 Steering wheel mounted controls Left 2 2 Instruments and controls INSTRUMENT PANEL Navigation system if so equipped Vehicle information and setting but tons P 4 6 Phone system P 4 60 Audio system P 4 29 8 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 36 9 Fuse box cover P 8 26 10 Parking brake pedal Parking P 5 45 Maintenance P 8 25 11 Push button ignition switch P 5 8 12 Clock P 2 37 13 Cigarette lighter and ashtrays P 2 38 14 Audio system P 4 29 15 Gl
145. PI certifi cation mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives INFINITI does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are fol lowed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important that the engine oil vis cosity be selected based on the tempera tures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recom mended could cause serious engine dam age Technical and consumer information 9 5 Selecting the correct oil filter Your new vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When re placing use the genuine oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Oil and filter other than the specified quality or oil and filter change intervals longer than recommended could reduce engine life Damage to engines caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not cov ered by the n
146. Pull the armrest forward until it is hori zontal Trunk pass through The rear center seatback can be folded to allow trunk access from inside of the ve hicle To access the trunk pull down the rear center armrest and pull out the trunk pass through lid 1 To lock the lid use the mechanical key and turn it to the LOCK position 2 To unlock turn the mechanical key to the UNLOCK position G For the mechanical key usage see Keys Intelligent Key in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjust ments section Make sure that the mechanical key is re moved from the trunk pass through lid key cylinder before opening or closing the lid Otherwise the lid and the rear armrest may be damaged Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced INFINITI strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position in cludes a supplemental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven Sit upright and well back 4X WARNING Every person who drives or rides in th
147. Rear facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instruc tions for belt routing Rear facing step 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the entire belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode It reverts to emergency locking mode when the seat belt is fully retracted 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Rear facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any Slack in the belt Rear facing step 6 6 Remove any additional slack from the child restraint press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to com press the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Rear facing step 7 Before placing the child in the child restraint hold the child restraint near the seat belt path and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If it does move more than 1 in 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child re straint If you are unable to properly secure the restraint move the re straint to another rear
148. Rear power seat adjust switch P 1 4 Heated seat ON OFF switch P 2 33 1 Rear sunshade if so equipped 3 Mobile entertainment system MES if Automatic return ON CANCEL P 2 48 so equipped P 4 46 switch P 1 4 Flip down screen P 4 48 Rear sunshade control switch 2 Rear personal light P 2 50 Coat Digital Versatile Disc DVD drive P 2 49 hooks P 2 43 P 4 47 Illustrated table of contents 0 5 13 14 15 16 17 Rear passenger control switches if so equipped For air conditioner P 4 27 For audio P 4 45 Rear cup holders P 2 39 Front console P 2 42 Front armrest P 1 6 Front cup holders P 2 39 Front seat controls if so equipped Climate controlled seat adjusting knob P 2 34 Rear sunshade control switch P 2 49 Rear passenger controls ON CANCEL switch P 2 48 SNOW MODE ON OFF switch P 2 36 0 6 Illustrated table of contents COCKPIT side ENTER switch P 4 5 P 4 43 BACK switch P 4 43 TALK switch P 4 68 Phone switch P 4 61 Volume control switches P 4 44 Source select switch P 4 43 7 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 25 8 Steering wheel mounted controls Right side Cruise control switches P 5 19 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC switches if so equipped P 5 21 9 Hood release handle P 3 17 10 Trunk lid release switch P 3 18 11 Lane Departure W
149. S Then brush it wipe with a cloth and al low it to dry in the shade Do not allow may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See an INFINITI dealer for assistance if the ex tender is required 4X WARNING Only INFINITI belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with the INFINITI seat belts Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an ex tender Such unnecessary use could re sult in serious personal injury in the the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing are found the entire belt assembly should PRECAUTION ON CHILD event of an accident be replaced RESTRAINTS e Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is A WARNING not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sudden stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbings apply a mild soap solution or any non caustic solution recommended for gently cleaning cloth upholstery
150. SETTING button later in this section 4 8 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Li Information gt Tire Pressure Front Lett f Front Right kk psi E t E TIRE PRESSURE information The pressure indication psi on the screen means that the pressure is being measured After a few driving trips the pressures for all 4 tires will be displayed The indication psi will be displayed on the screen for a while In case of low tire pressure LOW PRES SURE information will be displayed on the screen Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the vehicle s traveling condition and am bient temperature 4X WARNING When the low tire pressure warning light is on and or the LOW PRESSURE infor mation is displayed on the screen check all tire pressures Please refer to the 6 In case of emergency section for repair ing Immediately after tire rotation is per formed tire pressure will not be indicated on the display and the TPMS will not func tion Reset the system by driving the ve hicle at over 25 MPH 40 km h for approxi mately 10 minutes If tire pressure is not in dicated after performing the resetting procedure above contact an_ INFINITI dealer as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indi cated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash Contact your IN
151. SHADE if so equipped AX CAUTION e To avoid personal injury keep your hands fingers and head away from the sunshade arm arm rail and screen inlet port e Do not allow children near the rear sun shade system They could be injured e Do not place objects on or near the rear sunshade This could cause improper operation or damage it e Do not pull or push the rear sunshade This could cause improper operation or damage it DOWN The rear sunshade operates when the ig nition switch is in the ON position The rear sunshade switches are located on the center console and inside the rear armrest To raise the screen push the UP side of the switch 1 To lower the screen push the DOWN side of the switch 2 The switch need not be held 4X CAUTION Do not place objects such as newspa pers handkerchiefs etc on the screen inlet port Doing so may entangle these objects in the screen when it is ex tending or retracting causing improper operation or damage to the screen Do not push the sunshade arm with your hands etc as this may deform it Im proper operation or damage to the screen may result Do not put any object into the screen inlet port as this may result in improper operation or damage the screen Do not hang any object on the arm rail as this may result in improper operation or damage the screen Do not forcefully pull the screen Doing so may elongate the screen Improper operatio
152. This is es pecially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint system air bag system for the front passenger See Supplemental restraint system later in this section Infants Infants up to at least one year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint INFINITI recommends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint which fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for installa tion and use Small children Children that are over one year old and weigh at least 20 lbs 9 kg can be placed in a forward facing child restraint Refer to the manufacturers instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations INFINITI recom mends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Cana dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use Larger children Children who are too large for child re straints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 4O lb 18 kg and 80 lb 36 kg A booster seat should be used to
153. a sures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage gen erated by the generator DRIVE BELTS VK45DE engine Water pump Alternator Crankshaft pulley Power steering fluid pump Air conditioner compressor MW BWN SDI1549A VQ35DE engine Power steering fluid pump Alternator Crankshaft pulley Air conditioner compressor w Tension checking points 4X WARNING PAra Be sure the ignition switch is in the LOCK position The engine could rotate unexpectedly 1 Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or loose ness If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it replaced or adjusted by an INFINITI dealer Have the belts checked regularly for condition in accordance with the main tenance schedule in your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide SPARK PLUGS 4X WARNING Be sure the engine is off ignition switch is in the LOCK position and that the parking brake is engaged securely AX CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 o s REPLACING SPARK PLUGS If replacement is required see an INFINITI dealer for servicing Platinum tipped spark plugs SDI0145C It is not necessary to replace the platinum tipped A spark plugs as fre quently as the conventional type spark plugs since they will l
154. a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle dam age or personal injury When a wheel is off the ground due to an unlevel surface do not spin the wheel excessively PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH Do not operate the push button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecu tive times or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds 4X CAUTION e When the battery of the Intelligent Key runs down insert the Intelligent Key into the Intelligent Key port until a click sounds And then push the ignition switch to start the engine e If the steering lock release malfunction indicator appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display push the push button ignition switch again while lightly turning the steering wheel right and left See Dot matrix liquid crystal display in the 2 Instruments and con trols section LOCK ACC gt ON When the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal the ignition switch position will illuminate as follows Push center e once to change to ACC e two times to change to ON e three times to return to LOCK The ignition switch is equipped with an anti theft steering lock device The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch positi
155. a vehicle ahead In some road or traffic conditions a ve hicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone and cause automatic braking You may need to control the distance from other ve hicles using the accelerator pedal Al ways Stay alert and avoid using the ICC system when it is not recommended in this section VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE OPERATION Always pay attention to the operation of the vehicle and be ready to manually con trol the proper following distance The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode of the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC sys tem may not be able to maintain the se lected distance between vehicles follow ing distance or selected vehicle speed under some circumstances The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode uses a sensor A located on the front of the vehicle to detect vehicles trav eling ahead The sensor generally detects the signals returned from the reflectors on a vehicle ahead Therefore if the sensor cannot detect the reflector on the vehicle ahead the ICC system may not maintain the selected distance The following are some conditions in which the sensor cannot detect the sig nals e When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is positioned high on the ve hicle trailer etc e When the reflector on the vehicle ahead is missing damaged or covered When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is covered with dirt snow and road spray
156. a vibration from the ac tuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsation may in dicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is rquired while driving 4X WARNING The anti lock brake system is a sophisti cated device but it cannot prevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle con trol during braking on slippery surfaces but remember that the stopping distance on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with the anti lock system Stopping distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Tire type and condition of tires may also affect braking effectiveness Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the responsibility for safety of self and others rests in the hands of the driver e When replacing tires install the speci fied size of tires on all four wheels e When installing a spare tire make sure it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM When accelerating or driving on a slippery surface the tires may spin or slide With the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system sensors detect these movements and control the braking and e
157. able in mainland US through an INFINITI dealer 6 For additional information see Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for changing engine oil 7 For hot climates viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 32 F 0 C 8 DEXRON II MERCON or equivalent may also be used Outside the continental United States and Alaska contact an INFINITI dealer for more information regarding suitable fluids including recommended brand s of DEXRON II MERCON automatic transmission fluid 9 For additional information see Vehicle identification in this section for air conditioner specification label 10 For Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF DEXRON IIl MERCON or equivalent ATF may also be used 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION VK45DE engine Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail able unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 can be used but only under the following precautions e Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gaso line as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration However for maximum vehicle perfor mance the use of unleaded pr
158. above positions Push the ignition switch to the ON po sition Depress the brake pedal and push the ignition switch to start the engine To start the engine immediately push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal with the ignition switch in any position If the engine starts but fails to run re peat the above procedure If the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and while holding crank the engine Release the ac celerator pedal when the engine starts If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 to 6 seconds After crank 5 10 Starting and driving ing the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by depressing the brake pedal and pushing the push button ignition switch to start the engine If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure fy CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start push the ignition switch to LOCK and wait 10 seconds before cranking again oth erwise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate spee
159. activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window oc curs 2 46 Instruments and controls If the windows do not close automatically If the power window automatic function closing only does not operate properly perform the following procedure to initial ize the power window system 1 Push the ignition switch to the ON po sition 2 Open the window more than halfway by operating the power window switch 3 Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely 4 Release the power window switch Op erate the window by the automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete 5 Perform steps 2 through 4 above for other windows If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after per forming the procedure above have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer SUNROOF 4X WARNING e In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open sunroof Al ways use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow anyone to stand up or ex tend any portion of their body out of the sunroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the sunroof is closing 4X CAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the sunroof before opening e Do not place any heavy object on the sunroof or surrounding area AUTOMATIC SUNROOF The sunroof operates
160. ages and sounds both in the front and rear display screens 4X WARNING The driver must not attempt to operate the DVD entertainment system while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle opera tion 4X CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery do not operate the system for more than 15 minutes without starting the engine The front display is designed not to show the images while driving as the driver s attention must be given to vehicle opera tion for safety Sounds are available To show the images in the front display stop the vehicle in a safe location move the se lector lever to the P Park position and ap ply the parking brake 4 46 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems DVD player operation precautions Do not use the following DVD s as they may cause the DVD player to malfunction e 3 1in 8 cm discs with an adapter DVD s with a region code other than 1 The region code A is displayed in a small symbol printed on the top of the DVD 8 DVD s that are not round DVD s with a paper label DVD s that are warped scratched or have unequal edges Recordable digital video discs DVD R Rewritable digital video discs DVD RW DIGITAL VERSATILE DISC DVD SYSTEM COMPONENTS DVD drive The DVD drive is located inside of the center console Insert a DVD into the slot with the label side facing the front pas senger s seat side The DVD
161. ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic congestion The detection zone of the ICC sensor is limited A vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for the vehicle to vehicle distance detection mode to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detection zone due to its position within the same lane of travel Motorcycles may not be detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the center line of the lane A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into the lane If this occurs the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator mialem and sounding the chime The driver may have to manually control the proper dis tance away from vehicle traveling ahead Starting and driving 5 27 When driving on some roads such as winding hilly curved narrow roads or roads which are under construction the ICC sensor may detect vehicles in a differ ent lane or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle The detection of vehicles may also be af fected by vehicle operation steering ma neuver or traveling position in the lane etc or vehicle condition If this occurs the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly You will have to 5 28 Starting and driv
162. ails see INFINITI Mobile En tertainment System MES later in this section Rear Display The following screens are able to be se lected for the rear display DVD AUX Map i Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 Settings gt Display Posner IE erom AS conta Sd C o gt gt QDON00001DN000000 Navigation equipped model DISPLAY settings The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING 2 button se lecting Display key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER ENTER e button Display To turn off the screen push the ENTER WAO button and turn the Display indicator off The other method is to push the 36 amp button for more than 2 sec onds When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for fur ther operation The screen will turn off au tomatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished To turn on the screen set this item to the ON position or push the button for more than 2 seconds Brightness Contrast To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen select the Brightness or Contrast key and push the ENTER ENTER Ke button Then you can adjust the brightness to Darker or Brighter and the contrast to Lower or Higher using the multi function controller For the display mode adjusting
163. ane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have an INFINITI dealer cor rect the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which INFINITI is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking after run or overheating This in turn may cause excessive fuel consump tion or damage to the engine If any of the above symptoms are encountered have your vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer or other competent service facility However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while ac celerating or driving up hills This is no cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load FOR GASOLINE ENGINES 1 API certification mark 2 API service symbol ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in this section INFINITI recommends the use of an energy con serving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certifi cation or International Lubricant Stan dardization and Approval Committee ILSAC certification and SAE viscosity standard These oils have the A
164. anical key 68 How to use the mechanical key Valet hand off ssxcscc seacoscasesuccesnsanseonsseceneees Locking with metal key ccccscsceceeees Opening and closing windows with the FIVE TN IV E A E Locking with inside lock knob 000 Locking with power door lock switch Child safety rear door lock cececeeeee Intelligent Key system cececcscscscesesceceeeees Intelligent Key operating range Door locks unlocks precaution 006 Intelligent Key operation cceceeeseees Battery Saver system ccccccecesccsscesconecs Warning signals cccccecceccscescceceeceeees Troubleshooting guide osssoesessssossssss0o Remote keyless entry SySteM cccescececeee How to use remote keyless entry system 3 2 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 5 3 5 POOO earren EEEE 3 17 T U e E E 3 18 Trunk lid release switCh sessseesseesoeesoee 3 18 Opening with metal key cccceeeeeees 3 18 Trunk release power cancel switch 3 19 Interior trunk lid release cece seeeeeeee 3 19 Fuel filler GOOF cicecesvexcsswensteesdeneonseteanaseseeeeseceans 3 20 Opening the fuel filler door 0005 3 20 eee Ue il Cap srren ecee r 3 20 Tilting telescopic steering column 3 22 Tilt or telescopic Operation ececeeee 3 22 SUN VISOUS
165. ar wheels will make the warning light blink slowly about once per two seconds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn If the warning light is blinking after the above operation have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible 4X WARNING For AWD equipped vehicles do not at tempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any D Drive or R Reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle with a 2 wheel dynamometer such as dynamometers used by some states for emission testing or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD be fore it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may re sult in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal in jury 4X CAUTION If the warning light comes on while driving there may bea malfunction in the AWD system Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible If the warning light remains on after the above operation have
166. arning LDW switch if so equipped P 2 35 P 5 15 12 Intelligent Key port P 5 8 910 1112 13 Tilting telescopic steering wheel switch P 3 22 1 Instrument brightness control switch 4 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF 14 Steering wheel P 2 30 switch P 2 36 Horn P 2 32 2 Outside mirror remote control P 3 24 5 Headlight fog light and turn signal E e APEE all hae switch P 2 26 eae 3 Adaptive Front lighting System AFS switch if so equipped P 2 29 6 Steering wheel mounted controls Left Illustrated table of contents 0 7 INSTRUMENT PANEL Side ventilator P 4 23 2 Meters and gauges P 2 4 3 Center ventilator P 4 23 4 Security indicator light P 2 24 0 8 Illustrated table of contents SS10091 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 32 Automatic climate control system P 4 24 Center multi function control panel 11 I2 13 14 15 16 17 Navigation system if so equipped Vehicle information and setting but tons P 4 6 Phone system P 4 60 Audio system P 4 29 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 36 Fuse box cover P 8 26 Parking brake pedal Parking P 5 45 Maintenance P 8 25 Push button ignition switch P 5 8 Clock P 2 37 Cigarette lighter and ashtrays P 2 38 Audio system P 4 29 Glove box lid release button P 2 41 Bluetooth in vehicle phone module P 4 60 DVD drive for
167. as the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioning system refrigerant Contact an INFINITI dealer when servicing your air conditioning system SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model VQ35DE VK45DE Type Gasoline 4 cycle Gasoline 4 cycle Olinder aransement 6 cylinder V slanted 8 cylinder V slanted at 60 at 90 Bore e Siroke i Gain a 3 205 95 5 tle 3 256 93 0 Displacement cu in cm 213 45 3 498 274 2 4 494 Firing order 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 8 7 3 6 5 4 2 Idle speed rpm See the emission control information label Ignition timing B T D C degree rpm on the underside of the hood Standard PLFR5A 11 PLFR5A 11 Spark plug Hot type PLFR4A 11 PLFR4A 11 Service option Cold type PLFR6A 11 PLFR6A 11 Spark plug gap Normal in mm 0 043 1 1 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain Timing chain The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations ST10397B VK45DE model Technical and consumer information 9 7 WHEELS AND TIRES Road wheel Type Aluminum Spare Tire Type Conventional Spare T type Size Offset in mm 18 x 8JJ 1 85 47 19 x 8 1 2 1 97 50 17 x 4T 1 18 30 Size Pressure PSI kPa Cold P245 45R18 33 230 245 40R19 T145 80D17 60 420 9 8 Technical and consumer information DIMENSIONS Overall length without front license plate in mm with front license
168. as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration However for maximum vehicle perfor mance the use of unleaded premium gaso line is recommended VQ35DE engine INFINITI recommends the use of unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail able you may use unleaded regular gaso line with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 but you may notice a decrease in perfor mance 4X CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission con trol systems and may also affect war ranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used since this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the INFINITI vehicle limited warranty For additional information see Capaci ties and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer informa tion section ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION VK45DE engine e API Certification Mark e API grade SJ SL SM_ Energy Con serving e ILSAC grade GF 2 GF 3 amp GF 4 e SAE 5W 30 viscosity oil is preferred for all ambient temperatures SAE 10W 30 10W 40 viscosity oil may be used for ambie
169. ast much longer Follow the maintenance schedule in INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide but do not reuse them by cleaning or regapping 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself Always replace spark plugs with recom mended or equivalent ones AIR CLEANER VK45DE engine Remove the retainers as illustrated and pull out the filter element 2 The filter element should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance intervals See INFINITI Ser vice and Maintenance Guide for mainte nance intervals When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth VQ35DE engine 4A WARNING Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops flame if the en gine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner re moved and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other ma terial may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mi
170. ate the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION e Wash your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean e Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as pos sible e Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumula tion e Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible AX CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom e Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corrosion which may be required in some areas consult an INFINITI dealer 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requireMentt c ccecescscesesceeees 8 2 General MaINteNaNnc e ccscececescececesescececees 8 2 Explanation of maintenance item6 8 2 Maintenance precautions cccececescecceceecees 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 VKA5SDE Cn
171. atically ac cording to the vehicle speed Selective Door Unlock When this item is turned to ON only the drivers door is unlocked first after the door unlock operation When the door handle request switch on the drivers or front passenger s side door is pushed to be unlocked only the corresponding door is unlocked first All the doors can be un locked if the door unlock operation is per formed again within 5 seconds or within 60 seconds for some models When this item is turned to OFF all the doors will be unlocked after the door un lock operation is performed once Intelligent Key Lock Unlock When this item is turned to ON door lock unlock function by pushing the door handle request switch will be activated Lift Steering Wheel on Exit When this item is turned to ON the steer ing wheel moves upward for easy exit if the ignition switch is in the LOCK position and the drivers door is opened After get ting into the vehicle and pushing the igni tion switch to the ACC position the steer ing wheel moves to the previous position Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit When this item is turned to ON the driv ers seat moves backward for easy exit if the ignition switch is in the LOCK position and the drivers door is opened After get ting into the vehicle and pushing the igni tion switch to the ACC position the driv ers seat moves to the previous position Return All Settings to Default Select this item
172. ation in the 9 Technical and Seating capacity The maximum consumer information section number of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle 3 Original size The size of the tires Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 originally installed on the vehicle at the factory 4 Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR 5 Tire size refer to Tire labeling later in this section 6 Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself Checking the tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the gauge Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specifi cation shown on the Tire and Loading Information label Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the
173. attended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in se rious accidents FRONT SEATS Front power seat adjustment Operating tips e The seat motor has an auto reset over load protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 sec onds then reactivate the switch e Do not operate the power seat for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery See Automatic drive positioner in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section for automatic drive positioner op eration Forward and backward Moving the switch 1 forward or back ward will slide the seat forward or back ward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch 2 backward until the desired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch 2 forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help ob tain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section The seatback may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked Seat lifter Push the front or rear end of the switch up or down to adjust the height and angle of the seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 Lumbar support The lumbar support feature pr
174. b The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped Only touch the plastic base when han dling the bulb Never touch the glass en velope Touching the glass could signifi cantly affect bulb life and or headlight performance Use the same number and wattage as originally installed Low beam Xenon Wattage 35 Bulb no D2S Low beam Halogen Wattage 55 Bulb no H1 High beam Halogen Wattage 60 Bulb no HB3 e Do not leave the bulb out of the head light reflector for a long period of time as dust moisture and smoke may enter the headlight body and affect the perfor mance of the headlight e Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact an INFINITI dealer Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact an INFINITI dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C D E or F When replacing a bulb first re Front turn signal light move the lens and or cover Front fog light Clearance light Front side turn signal light Rear combination light back up turn signal stop tail side marker License plate light Map ligh
175. bina Station memory operations tion of FM AM and SAT if so equipped stations for easy access 1 Choose preset channel A B or C using the preset select button 2 Tune to the desired station using the SEEK SCAN or TUNE button 3 Select the desired station channel and keep pushing any of the desired station preset buttons m to 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 4 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memo rizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse blows the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations Audio Text When the Audio Text key is selected with the INFINITI controller on the display and then the ENTER fgstEMy ey button is pushed while the satellite radio is being played the text information will be dis played on the screen e CH Name e Category e Name e Title e Other If your vehicle is equipped with the AUDIO TEXT button on the center multi function control panel push this button while the satellite programming is selected to show the text information CAT i RPT CATEGORY CAT When the AT button is pressed during FM mode the PTY name of the current tuned station is displayed During this time if the PTY data code is zero or the data is unreadable the display will sho
176. brake Run the engine until it reaches operat ing temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than 15 minutes VK45DE engine or 10 minutes VQ35DE engine for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dipstick a and wipe it clean Reinsert it all the way ox SN N N COA a VQ35DE engine 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H and L marks 1 If the oil level is below the L mark 2 remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of op erating conditions Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 e A suitable adapter should be at A CAUTION tached to the jack stand saddle 5 Remove the plastic engine undercover Oil level should be checked regularly Oper ating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such dam age is not covered by warranty b Then remove the other bolts that hold the undercover in place a Remove the small plastic clip at the center point of the undercover CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER 4X CAUTION Change the engine oil and filter according By to the maintenance intervals shown in the Make sure the correct lifting and support INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide points are used to avoid
177. ceatensett 2 49 Meters and SAUCES sce ciecsinecixnscsdsncrsinasisiasasaaxteaans 2 4 Meters and gauges Instrument brightness COnNtrOl enseeseesseseeseoseossossossossossossossosssssessosseses 2 30 Mirror Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 23 Outside MINT OMS sisiiesiccevincsteccsesecetidxcareceesins 3 24 Mobile entertainment system MES 00 4 46 Monitor Rearview MONItOL cccceccescsceeceees 4 20 N Net Cargo NEL wcccsssecsececesanssuvecedacsescaaevsesovesacsees 2 44 New vehicle break in scccssccsescssccessceeseeecs 5 43 0 Odometer se sesseesesssossossossessesssosoossosessesssossossoseo 2 5 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants seeseesesseoseossossossssssssoosossesssssess 9 2 Changing engine oil and filter 8 14 Checking engine oil level cceseceeeees 8 13 Ensine Ollessaan i 8 13 Engine oil viscosity ssssseesseeseesseosseesseesse 9 5 Outside Mirrors ssessssseesesseoseossossossosesssossossosss 3 24 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 006 6 11 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information ssessesseesessessesscossossossosssseossossosss 9 20 P Parking Parking brake operation sssssssessseessseesssee 5 14 Parking on hills scanessancscaidsatacnestenessehanientenes 5 45 Phone Car phone or CB radio esssseessseessseessse 4 59 Power Front seat adjustment sssessseessseessseessseesss 1 2 Pow
178. cellular phone you can set up the wire less connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module amp 0 17 While Calling 09061 1 5XXXX With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a telephone call with your cellular phone in your pocket Once your cellular phone is paired to the in vehicle phone module no phone con necting procedure is required anymore Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the registered cellular phone turned on and carried in the ve hicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones in the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time INFINITI Voice Recognition system if so equipped supports the phone com mands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible For more details see INFINITI Voice Recognition System later in this section INFINITI Voice Recognition will be acti vated when the system language is set to English If French is selected INFINITI Voice Recognition will not operate when the TALK switch on the steering wheel mounted controls is pushed See How to use SETTING button earlier in this sec tion Before using the Bluetooth hands free phone system refer to the following notes e Set up the wireless connection be Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition
179. child re straint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is de signed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recom mended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM LATCH Your vehicle is equipped with special an chor points that are used with Lower An chors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH compatible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a ve hicle seat belt to secure the child re straint The LATCH anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the rear out board seating positions only Do not at tempt to install a child restraint in the center position using the LATCH anchors LATCH label location LATCH lower anchor point locations The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH anchors LATCH lower anchor location Type A 4X WARNING Attach LATCH compatible child re straints only at the locations shown in the illustration If a child restraint is not secured properly your child co
180. cle ahead the system will re duce the vehicle speed so that your ve hicle follows the vehicle in front at the se lected distance The system automatically controls the 4X WARNING This system is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s re sponsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times The system is primarily intended for use on straight dry open roads with light traffic It is not advisable to use the sys tem in city traffic or congested areas This system will not adapt automatically to road conditions This system should be used in evenly flowing traffic Do not use the system on roads with sharp curves or on icy roads in heavy rain or in fog e Oncoming vehicles in the same lane e Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane This system will not automatically brake the vehicle to a stop 4X WARNING e As there is a performance limit to the distance control function never rely solely on the Intelligent Cruise Control system This system does not correct careless inattentive or absent minded driving or overcome poor visibility in rain fog or other bad weather Decel erate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal depending on the dis tance to the vehicle ahead and the sur rounding circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles Starting and driving 5 23 Althou
181. controls section for rear sunshade operation 4X CAUTION Be careful not to damage the screen while cleaning Cover Wipe the rear sunshade cover with a clean dry cloth 4X CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any other neu tral detergent as this may deform the cover Appearance and care 5 CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION e The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas e Damage to paint and other protective coatings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing where atmospheric pollution ex ists or where road salt is used 7 6 Appearance and care Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion pro cess Road salt will also acceler
182. controls Unattended children could become involved in se rious accidents LOCKING WITH METAL KEY The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors simultaneously using the mechanical key or wallet key if SO equipped e Turning the driver s door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle 4 will lock all doors e Turning the driver s door key cylinder once to the rear of the vehicle 2 will unlock the driver s door After re turning the key to the neutral position G turning it to the rear again within Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 5 seconds will unlock all doors e You can switch the lock system to the mode that allows you to open all the doors when the key is turned once See How to use SETTING button in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems sec tion OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS WITH THE METAL KEY The driver s door key operation also al lows you to open and close all door win dows To open the windows turn the driver s door key cylinder to the rear of the ve hicle for longer than 1 second The door is unlocked and the window keeps opening while turning the key This function can also be performed by pushing and holding the door UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key Refer to In telligent remote keyless entry system later in this section 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments To close the windows turn the driver
183. cribing to the XM or SIRIUS satellite radio provider After re ceiving the activation signal an available channel list will be automatically updated in the radio For XM push the ignition switch from LOCK to ACC to update the channel list Audio main operation Head unit The radio has an FM diversity reception system which employs two antennas printed on the rear window This system automatically switches to the antenna which is receiving less interference The auto loudness circuit enhances the low frequency range automatically in both Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 37 radio reception and CD playback ON OFF Volume control Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and then push the ON OFF VOLUME control knob while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD DVD or AUX if so equipped which was playing immediately before the system was turned off While the system is on pushing the ON OFF VOLUME con trol knob turns the system off Turn the ON OFF VOLUME control knob to adjust the volume Adjusting tone quality and speaker balance To adjust Bass Treble Balance and Fade push the Audio control knob When the display shows the setting you want to change Bass Treble Balance and Fade rotate the Audio control knob to set the desired setting For the other setting methods refer to How to use SETTING button earlier in this section This vehicle has
184. ct air bag and pre tensioner seat belt needs servicing and your vehicle must be taken to your nearest INFINITI dealer e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the Supple mental Restraint Systems and or the pre tensioner seat belt may not function prop erly For additional information see Supple mental restraint system in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental re straint system section 4X WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag cur tain side impact air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt will not operate in an ac cident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS AES Adaptive Front lighting System AFS indicator light if so equipped When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the Adaptive Front lighting System AFS indicator light will illumi nate The light will turn off in about 1 sec ond if the AFS is operational This light also comes on when the AFS is turned off by pushing the AFS OFF switch If the AFS indicator light blinks it may in dicate the AFS is not functioning prop
185. curity SYSTEMS wvavensidsentuarcecuseesennesreduenesesiwers Vehicle security system ssessesssessoessoe INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System Windshield wiper and washer switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SW i e E E E A E E Headlight and turn signal switch 0 2 26 Xenon headlights if so equipped 2 26 Headlight SWItCN ccccecccccecccccceceecees 2 27 Turn Signal SWItCH c ccecescesceeceeceeceeees 2 31 Fog light switch snsascewicnsuacenesccasansxsassercesavess 2 31 Hazard warning flasher Switch cceceeee 2 32 ION ETER E EE E 2 32 Heated seats Rear seats if so equipped 2 33 Climate controlled seats Front seats if so PQUID DEG sssiissiiissccsirsisnrdi nren Ea 2 34 Lane departure warning LDW switch if so SQUID DOG siisrsriisssssssi karkit erren rE Sai sane aa Nna 2 35 SNOW mode switch if so equipped 2 36 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch 2 36 CLOG oenen 2 37 Adjusting the THING so kecconsscwstvssecewsatesecesccdoass 2 37 Power ouet nc scccccsssaceveccessncsievesencnsasceseniceeceases 2 37 Cigarette lighter and ashtrayS ceeeees 2 38 VON i sponteipovcunseventoveteetedoamtceanseeneenveasnyaseest 2 38 COU A E E E E E E O 2 39 SOTIE ee E EEEE 2 39 Cu p holders ccapesspaeeaeemereececsanaoseececeeateece 2 39 Sunglasses holder cccecescececcecceceecs 2 41
186. d 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments FUEL FILLER DOOR OPENING THE FUEL FILLER DOOR To open the fuel filler door unlock the fuel filler door by using one of the follow ing operations then push the left side of the door e Push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key carried with you e Push the UNLOCK button on the Intel ligent Key e Insert the mechanical key into the door lock cylinder and turn it to the rear of the vehicle e Push the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK position To lock close the fuel filler door securely and lock all doors by operating the door handle request switch the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key or the mechanical key Remember that you cannot lock but you can unlock the fuel filler door by oper ating the power door lock switch FUEL FILLER CAP 4X WARNING e Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Al ways stop engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the ve hicle when refueling e Fuel may be under pressure Turn the cap a third of a turn and wait for any hissing sound to stop to prevent fuel from spraying out and possibly causing personal injury Then remove the cap Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank af ter the fuel pump nozzle shuts off auto matically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow
187. d turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate The LOW PRESSURE information will also be indicated on the display When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is in flated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure For additional information see Tire pres sure monitoring system TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and in the 6 In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute when the ignition switch is pushed ON The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer For additional information see Tire pres sure monitoring system TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section 4X WARNING If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch pushed ON have the ve hicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possibl
188. d 50 demineralized water distilled water The use of other types of coolant solutions may damage your engine cooling system Outside temperature down to Demineral ized water or distilled water CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below MIN open the reservoir tank cap A and add coolant up to the MAX level If the reservoir tank is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler open ing and also add it to the reservoir tank up to the MAX level 1 If the cooling system requires coolant fre quently have it INFINITI dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT e Major cooling system repairs should be performed by an INFINITI dealer The service procedures can be found in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual checked by an e Improper servicing can result in re duced heater performance and engine overheating 4X WARNING e To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator e Avoid direct skin contact with used cool ant If skin contact is made wash thor oughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Main
189. d acci dents Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxi cated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people under estimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix models 4X WARNING Do not drive beyond the performance ca pability of the tires even with AWD en gaged Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Install tire chains on the rear wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully This vehicle is not designed for offroad rough road use Do not drive on sandy or muddy roads that tires may get stuck in 4X WARNING For AWD equipped vehicles do not at tempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any D Drive or R Reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Do not attemp to test an AWD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer such as dynamometers used by some states for emission testing or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on
190. d for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to Start 5 To stop the engine shift the selector lever to the P position and push the ignition switch to the LOCK position DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 5 speed automatic transmission The automatic transmission in your ve hicle is electronically controlled by a transmission control module to produce maximum efficiency and smooth opera tion Shown on the following pages are the rec ommended operating procedures for this transmission Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal and push the selector le ver button before shifting the selector lever to the R Reverse N Neutral D Drive or Manual shift mode position Be sure the vehicle is fully stopped before at tempting to shift the selector lever This automatic transmission model is de signed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch position is ON The selector lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is pushed to the LO
191. d in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When re placing the tires on the vehicle al ways use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire 6 Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube tube type or not tubeless 7 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure 8 Manufacturer or Brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown Other tire related terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section In tended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufac turer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a ve hicle TYPES OF TIRES 4X WARNING e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type Example Summer All Season or Snow and construction An INFINITI dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire
192. dden stop greatly increases Adjustable seatbacks should be posi tioned to fit the booster seat but as up right as possible e After placing the child in the booster seat and fastening the seat belt make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the abdomen e Do not put the shoulder belt behind the child or under the child s arm If you must install a booster seat in the front seat see Booster seat installation later in this section e When your booster seat is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to pre vent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident fy CAUTION Remember that a booster seat left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the booster seat Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the ve hicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seat back must be at or above the center of the child s ears
193. driving distance to the new maintenance schedule Set the interval mileage of the main tenance schedule To determine the recommended maintenance interval refer to your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide To display the MAINTENANCE INFOR MATION automatically when the set trip distance is reached highlight the Interval Reminder key with the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER ENTER Ke button 4 10 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 To return the display to MAINTENANCE INFO push the BACK button Maintenance information display cannot be operated when the vehicle is moving Stop the vehicle in a safe place to see the information The unit can be converted between US and Metric See How to use SETTING button later in this section Maintenance Notice Maintenance of the Following Item is Due Engine Oil Push INFO and select maintenance to change this setting MAINTENANCE NOTICE The MAINTENANCE NOTICE screen En gine oil 4 Oil Filter 2 Tire G or Other Reminder 4 will be automati cally displayed as shown when both of the following conditions are met e the vehicle is driven the set distance and the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position e the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position the next time you drive the vehicle after the set value was achieved
194. e If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Se rious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after ad justing the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a Spare tire as soon as possible Immediately after tire rotation is per formed tire pressure will not be indi cated on the display and the TPMS will not function Reset the system by driving the vehicle at over 25 MPH 40 km h for approximately 10 minutes If tire pres sure is not indicated after performing the resetting procedure above contact an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indi cated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or sys tem resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS 4X CAUTION The TPMS is not
195. e button From the fol lowing display select US Mile F MPG or Metric km C L 100 km for your favorite display appearance 4 18 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A aus meter mnbaion OT Th BE Auto Headlights Sensitivity D000 B i Auto Headlights Off Delay C488 D _ 3 Speed Sensing Wiper interval oN JJ Selective Door Unlock ON ji es o a U Comfort and Convenience settings The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING button se lecting the Comfort and Convenience key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER eTA button This key does not appear on the display until the igni tion switch is pushed to the ON position Auto Interior Illumination When this item is turned to ON the WR PAE _ Scecine boorUnick ON e CTE rengent Key Lowuro C nD i Lift Steering Wheel on Ext CoN _ Slide Driver Seat Back on Ext _ oN JEJ Return All Settings to Defaut J Foo A ee U interior lights will illuminate if any door is unlocked Auto Headlights Sensitivity Adjust the sensitivity of the automatic headlights higher right or lower left Auto Headlights Off Delay Choose the duration of the automatic headlight off timer from O 30 45 60 90 120 150 and 180 second periods Speed Sensing Wiper Interval When this item is turned to ON the wiper interval is adjusted autom
196. e Do not allow battery fluid to come into Keep hands and other objects away from contact with eyes skin clothing or it painted surfaces Battery fluid is a corro sive sulphuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water If needed Roadside Assistance is avail able Please see your Warranty Informa tion Booklet or Roadside Assistance I D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty Information Booklet Canada e Keep the battery out of the reach of chil dren e The booster battery must be rated at 6 8 Incase of emergency 4X WARNING Always follow the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charg ing system and cause personal injury 1 Remove the battery cover and the en gine compartment cover To remove the engine compartment cover un hook the clips as illustrated If the booster battery is in another ve hicle a position the two vehicles a and 8 to bring their batteries into close proximity to each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch Apply parking brake Move the se lector lever to P Park Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems light heater air conditioner etc Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out moist cloth to re duce explosion hazard 5 Connect jum
197. e or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental air bag operation The INFINITI advanced air bag system has dual stage inflators for both the driver and passenger air bags The system moni tors information from the crash zone sen sor the diagnosis sensor unit seat belt buckle switches occupant classification sensor pressure sensor and passenger seat belt tension sensor Inflator opera tion is based on the severity of a collision and whether the seat belts are being used For the front right passenger it ad ditionally monitors the weight of an occu pant or object on the seat and seat belt tension Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may in flate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front right passenger air bag may be au tomatically turned OFF under some condi tions depending on the weight detected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccu pied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front pas senger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate im proper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system contact an INFINITI dealer If
198. e 7 5 Seat belt extenders cccccssescecssescceenes 1 15 Seat belt Maintenance sscccssecceseeceees 1 16 Seat belt warning light and chime 2 16 Seat WSIS sssccacacaiee den cawahevsencecaasiventssecbaceborsant 1 8 Small children wsisccssssecsswtasetiaetaiestiiventerets 1 11 Three point tyYp sesssesssesseesseosseosseoseessee 1 12 Seat s Driver side MEMOTY sessssesssseessseessseesssecssseeo 3 25 Heated SCAU sacivccsevsantvccusiseusacnderescensavenoont 2 33 DOA EE 1 2 Security system INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine Start ccccccccssssssssseeeecceees 2 24 Security system Vehicle security system 2 22 Selector lever Shift lock release 000c0 5 14 Servicing air conditioner See automatic climate Control sencasesaeccscncccssnnoisindestucntredierdenes 4 24 Servicing climate control esssessseessesscesseesseess 4 28 Shift lock release TranSMiSSION ccceeeeees 5 14 Shifting Automatic transmission eseessesssseseees 5 11 Side air bag system See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag EE EEEIEE EEE O E E 1 47 Snow mode switch seessesesseosssecessecsssecssseessse 2 36 Spark plugs eessseessseessseesssecsssecsssecsssecssseessseeess 8 21 Speedometer s seeesseeessseesseeesseeossecosseeosseeosseeesse 2 5 Starting Before starting the engine ccceseeceeees 5 9 Jump starting ssssssessseessesseesseesseossees
199. e Preview Function is not oper ating properly the buzzer sounds and the system warning light Orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine and resume driving If the indicator stays on it may indicate that the Preview Function is malfunc tioning the brake is operative Although the Vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer How to handle the sensor The sensor for the Preview Function is common with Intelligent Cruise Control and is located below the front bumper To keep the Preview Function operating properly be sure to observe the fol lowing e Always keep the sensor clean Wipe with a soft cloth carefully so as not to damage the sensor e Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor Do not touch or re move the screw located on the sensor Doing so could cause failure or mal function If the sensor is damaged due to an accident contact an INFINITI dealer e Do not attach a sticker including transparent material or install an ac cessory near the sensor This could cause failure or malfunction Starting and driving 5 49 ANTI LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM ABS 4X WARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain veh
200. e Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All season tires INFINITI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance all year including snowy and icy road condi tions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have bet ter snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some ar eas Summer tires INFINITI specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions INFINITI recom mends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEA SON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle spe
201. e box Type A fuses are provided as spare fuses They are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses can be installed in the en gine compartment and passenger com partment fuse boxes 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself If a type A fuse is used to replace a type fuse the type A fuse will not be level with the fuse pocket as shown in the il lustration This will not affect the perfor mance of the fuse Make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely Type fuses cannot be installed in the underhood fuse boxes Only use type fuses in the underhood fuse boxes ENGINE COMPARTMENT 4X CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower am perage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not oper ate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position and the head light switch is turned to OFF 2 Open the engine hood and remove the cover on the battery and the fuse fusible link holder 3 Remove the fuse fusible link holder cover 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller Type A Type B 5 If the fuse is open A replace it with a new fuse 8 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and re paired by an INFINITI dealer Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not oper ate and fuses are in good condition ch
202. e it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the 6 In case of emer gency section for changing a flat tire Immediately after tire rotation is per formed tire pressure will not be indi cated on the display and the TPMS will not function Reset the system by driving the vehicle at over 25 MPH 40 km h for approximately 10 minutes If tire pres sure is not indicated after performing the resetting procedure above contact an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indi cated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or sys tem resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CAUTION The low tire pressure warning system may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the sig nals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may tem porarily interfere with the operation of
203. e lever in the neutral position as shown 2 To select the high beam push the lever forward while the switch is in the position Pull it back to select the low beam 3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash the headlight high beam even when the headlight switch is in the OFF po sition Battery saver system When the headlight switch is in the zwaz or gQ position while the igni tion switch is in the ON position the lights will automatically turn off 5 min utes after the ignition switch has been pushed to the LOCK position When the headlight switch remains in the paz or gQ position after the lights automatically turn off the lights will turn on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position AX CAUTION When you turn on the headlight switch again after the lights automatically turn off the lights will not turn off automati cally Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the ve hicle for extended periods of time other wise the battery will be discharged Never leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for extended pe riods of time even if the headlights turn off automatically Daytime running light system Canada only The daytime running lights automatically illuminate at a reduced intensity when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights op erate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the paz posit
204. e set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruis ing speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h Automatic cancellation A chime sounds under the following con ditions and the control is automatically canceled e When the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed e When the vehicle speed falls below approximately 20 MPH 32 km h Starting and driving 5 41 e When the selector lever is shifted to the N Neutral position e When the VDC operates except ABS which is functional with ICC system operation e When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high 5 42 Starting and driving CRUISE CRUISE Warning light When the system is not operating prop erly the chime sounds and the system warning light Orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and then perform the setting again If it is not possible to set or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer PREVIEW FUNCTION for Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models The ICC system with the preview function identif
205. e set vehicle speed To cancel the preset speed use any of these methods e Push the CANCEL switch The set ve hicle speed indicator will go out e Tap the brake pedal The set vehicle speed indicator will go out e Turn the MAIN switch off Both the ON OFF switch indicator and set ve hicle speed indicator will go out To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods e Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET COAST switch e Push and hold the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The set vehicle speed will increase by approximately 5 MPH 5 km h for Canada e Push then quickly release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch Each time you do this the set speed will in crease by approximately 1 MPH 1 km h for Canada Starting and driving 5 33 To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods e Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and re lease it e Push and hold the SET COAST switch The set vehicle speed will decrease by approximately 5 MPH 5 km h for Canada e Push then quickly release the SET COAST switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by approximately 1 MPH 1 km h for Canada To resume the preset speed push and re lease the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruis ing speed when the vehicle speed
206. eat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 e If you need to dispose of the supplemen tal air bag pre tensioner seat belt system or scrap the vehicle contact an INFINITI dealer Correct supplemental air bag and pre tensioner seat belt system disposal pro cedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual Incorrect dis posal procedures could cause personal injury 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system MEMO Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 53 2 Instruments and controls Cockpit Instrument panel s eesseesssessoessoesoosssoessoessoessoe Meters and SAUSES ccceccecccccccceccecescescescecse Speedometer and odometer csceeeeeee Tachometer esssssssesseessoessosssoessoessoeesoeeseee Engine coolant temperature gauge Fuel gauge sssosssssssoossssscosossssescosessssoeose Meter ring illumination and needle OWOCE crenreraisov insien Erea ine EER COD ASS aE suet einess ae ob asain Warning indicator lights and audible FEMI CTS csceucse seecereseanesecxanesiss EEE E CHECKING DUD Sssccscrssssecasabeverseuvcnnsbieswnsiwnnces Warning lights ssesvacataseesccdeanssnpebetenveataveeseony Indicator WSLS wssssvaisessiwvncsslocusseiaudelaewimeiaes Audible reminders ccscscscescscececeeees Dot matrix liquid crystal display Indicators for Operation cececeeeeeeceees Se
207. eck the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine INFINITI parts Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 l EN INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT PASSENGER COMPARTMENT AX CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower am perage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not oper ate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position and the head 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself light switch is turned to OFF 2 Open the fuse box lid Remove the fuse with the fuse puller If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and re paired by an INFINITI dealer Replace the battery as follows 1 Release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key and remove the me chanical key Insert a flat blade screwdriver wrapped with a cloth into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Replace the battery with a new one Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as it could cause a malfunction Recommended battery CR2025 or equivalent Make sure that the G side faces the bottom of the case The mark is stamped on the bottom of the case 4 Align the tips of the upper and lower parts and then pu
208. ed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions INFINITI recommends the use of SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads stud ded tires may be used However some provinces and states prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws be fore installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires Snow tires could affect the proper opera tion of the low tire pressure monitoring system 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself All Wheel Drive AWD models AX CAUTION e Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may dam age the transmission transfer case and differential gears e ONLY use spare tires specified for the AWD model If excessive tire wear is found it is recom mended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size brand con struction and tread pattern The tire pres sure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as necessary Con tact an INFINITI dealer Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Do no
209. eedometer and tachometer and the ring illumination will be brightened gradually Meter illumination control knob The meter illumination control knob A operates when the headlight switch is in the AUTO not lighting or OFF position with the ignition switch in the ON posi tion To adjust the brightness of the meters push the control knob several times until the desired brightness is achieved To turn the ring illumination and needle sweep on and off push the control knob and hold it for 1 second Instruments and controls 2 7 COMPASS When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the compass display will indicate the direction of the vehicle s heading N North NW Northwest NE Northeast W West E East SW Southwest SE Southeast S South 2 8 Instruments and controls If the display reads C calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in 3 com plete circles at less than 5 MPH 8 km h You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The compass will be calibrated once it has tracked 3 complete circles To turn on and off the compass manually push the N switch A while the igni tion switch is in the ON position Zone variation change procedure The difference between magnetic north and geographical north is known as vari ance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow the
210. ees 5 2 F F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 10 Filter Air cleaner housing filter ccceseeceeees 8 22 Changing engine oil and filter 8 14 Flashers See hazard warning flasher EE e PRAE NPE E AE T TT 2 32 Flat tiO cresresoccrineeesoceeinieeiis eeaeee Tie Na 6 2 Flat COW ING a ivesectiveatiacastvontivesstvosasvesaniuvesvovereivins 9 16 Floor mat cleaning sc1icecstseantewseesiacaiacnmiecindeaiawass 7 4 Fluid Automatic transmission fluid ATP 8 16 Brake fluid s csa4 soscusepateteencteneresionsaacessuasansees 8 17 Capacities and recommended fuel LOD CAIUS soesnennesnre orsin nn 9 2 Engine coolant sseessseeesseoessecessecessecssseeeo 8 10 Engine Ol wudiacusvatosstunaeacucahysitngeceien wake 8 13 Power steering fluid csicwinecepueswentanraticlenasaee 8 17 Window washer fluid sessssssssessseesssecsssseee 8 18 Fog light switCh essseeeseeeesseessseossseossseessseesssee 2 31 Front passenger air bag and status light 1 44 Front power seat adjustment essessssseeesssseees 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel WD CANNES sisses iren n oS 9 2 Fuel economy esseeessesesseeossecossecosseeessseessse 5 43 Fuel octane rating esseseeseeseeseessesecseeseessees 9 3 Fuel recommendation sssccccssseeceeeeees 9 3 Fuel filler cap sssesssseeesseeessecessecesssessssesssee 3 20 Fuel filler door sssesssesssseessseeessseesssesssseesse 3 20 E A
211. ees 5 55 HomeLink Universal Transce iver ssscceees 2 52 Hood release isa cetcesoisnatnederisieaisiboanindesibosindsaniaes 3 17 HOr Maia a EE E E E E E EE 2 32 l Ignition switch Automatic transmission OS atest one a E E E E E 5 11 Immobilizer SyStemM sssessseessseessseessseessseesseeeo 2 24 In cabin microfilter essseesssesseseeereresscesseseceseeee 4 28 Indicator lights eessesesessserecesscsseeseecsereseceseessee 2 17 INFINITI advanced air bag system cseee 1 42 INFINITI controller ssesesseessessceseseessesscescoseoseeseese 4 3 INFINITI mobile entertainment system MES 4 46 INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 24 INFINITI voice recognition system c00e 4 68 Inside automatic anti glare MirrOFr 0008 3 23 Inspection maintenance I M test 08 9 19 Instrument brightness Control sccccsesceees 2 30 Instrument panel ccccsesccsssccessccesscceesceeeees 2 3 Intelligent cruise control ICC system 5 21 Intelligent cruise control ICC system Preview FUNCOM sear secant hscrensesencersndeustaicteateGstaceeuatanensetise 5 42 Intelligent Key system ccscccsssseeceeessceeeeeees 3 8 Key operating range esssesssesseesseosscosecosee 3 8 Key operation essseessesseesseosseosseossesseesseoo 3 10 Warning signalS ssssseeeserescesseereeerecessessee 3 12 Interior light replacement ssseess
212. ehicle Place the transmis sion gear selector lever in the P or N position 9 Turn the engine off 10 Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one more time If step 1 through 7 is interrupted repeat the preceding step Any safe driving mode is acceptable between steps Do not stop the engine until step 7 is completed Technical and consumer information 9 19 EVENT DATA RECORDERS Your vehicle is equipped with a variety of computers that monitor and control a num ber of systems to optimize performance and help service technicians with diag nosis and repair Some of the computers monitor emission control systems braking systems engine systems transmission systems tire pressure systems and airbag systems Some data about vehicle opera tion may be stored in the computers for use during servicing Other data may be stored if a crash event occurs For example air bag readiness air bag performance and seat belt use by the driver or pas senger may be recorded These types of systems are sometimes called Event Data Recorders Special equipment can be used to access the electronic data that may be stored in the vehicle s computers sounds are not recorded INFINITI and INFINITI dealers have equipment to access some of this data others may also have this equip ment The data may be retrieved during routine vehicle servicing or for special re search It might also be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owne
213. eir appearance e Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the un derside of the vehicle is washed e Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels e Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause Maintenance and do it yourself 8 43 loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead e INFINITI recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY T type spare tire if so equipped When a Spare tire is mounted t type or conventional the low tire pressure warn ing system will not function Observe the following precautions if the T type spare tire must be used otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or in volved in an accident 4A WARNING e The T type spare tire should be used for emergency use It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first oppor tunity to avoid possible tire or differen tial damage e Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY 8 44 Maintenance and do it yourself USE ONLY spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar Always keep the pressure of the full size spare tire if so equipped at the recommended pres sure for standard tires as indicated on the Tire a
214. el nanoen a 5 11 Lane departure warning LDW system 2 35 Power door lock switch sssesssseessssessssesssee 3 7 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIG Hod caiinedinndaean eainnnecnndaanrganadaasianatidsaaage 2 26 Snow mode SWitCh ssseessseessseesssecssseeess 2 36 Turn signal switch ssssssssseseeseeseoseeseesecesee 2 31 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off GW ICU rosses renn e a aart 2 36 T Tachometer eeessesesseessseeessecessecossecesseeesseeessseoo 2 5 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge eesseeesseeeeseeesseeossseessseessseeo 2 6 Theft INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine Statt ssessessessessesscoscoseeseeseescoseoseeseese 2 24 Three way catalyst scsciscvacvevssvcnedvenssncvsivenseveveevens 5 3 Tilting telescopic steering column 00 3 22 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning WEI EEE AE E E EEA 2 14 Tires Flat tire ors ca suesoseceevanecesuaedeeaaascentecenetenesanets 6 2 Low tire pressure warning system 5 3 Tire and Loading information label 8 35 Tire and Loading Information label 9 11 Tire chainS sssesseeesseeesseeessseessscessseessseeess 8 40 Tire pressure ssesssesseesssosseosscossessecsseesseoss 8 34 Tire pressure monitoring system PMS acttncsscaecteonbenvnststastaiuscncasenniscatneues 5 3 6 2 Tire rotatiOM ss csescissicsncennesiniies tersi sosen 8 41 Types of tif S essesesseeesseeessecsssecessecs
215. emis sion control system malfunction exists If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indi cates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system _ inspection maintenance test See Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual 2 18 Instruments and controls Operation The malfunction indicator light will come on in one of two ways e Malfunction indicator light on steady An emission control system mal function has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The ygne light should turn off after a ring e SERVICE few driving trips If the eyane light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer e Malfunction indicator light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission con trol system To reduce or avoid emission control system damage a Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h b Avoid hard acceleration or decel eration c Avoid steep uphill grades d If possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and remain on Have
216. emium gaso line is recommended VQ35DE engine INFINITI recommends the use of unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail able you may use unleaded regular gaso line with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 but you may notice a decrease in perfor mance AX CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission con trol system and may also affect war ranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will dam age the three way catalyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the INFINITI vehicle limited warranty Gasoline specifications INFINITI recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifications where it is avail able Many of the automobile manufactur ers developed this specification to im prove emission system and vehicle perfor mance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformulated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions INFINITI supports efforts to
217. ended period in a place where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not change or modify the Intelli gent Key Do not use a magnet key holder Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a televi metal key 1 set if so equipped 4 Key number plate 1 set sion set or personal computer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water and do not wash it in a washing machine This could affect the system function e If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen INFINITI recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unau thorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing pro cedure please contact an_ INFINITI dealer 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments REMOVING THE MECHANICAL KEY e Release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key and remove the me chanical key as illustrated e Reinsert the mechanical key into the Intelligent Key by pressing it firmly back into place Make sure the lock knob has properly latched and the mechanical key cannot move HOW TO USE THE MECHANICAL KEY Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors trunk lid glove box and trunk pass through lid See Doors and Trunk lid later in this section Storage in the 2 Instruments and controls section and Seats in
218. ensioner system the supplemental air bag warning light will not come on will flash intermittently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the igni tion switch has been pushed to the ON position In this case the pre tensioner seat belt may not function properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest INFINITI dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pre tensioner seat belt system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual SSS0330 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front air bag and supplemental side impact air bag systems are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration 4 SRS air bag The warning labels are located on the sur face of the sun visors 2 SRS side impact air bag The warning label is located on the side of the passenger s side center pillar 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SPA1097 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying in the instrument panel monitors the circuits of the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belt The circuits monitored by the supplemental air bag warning light are the diagnosis sensor unit satellite sensors crash zone sensor front air bag modu
219. ental front air bags supple mental side air bags curtain side impact air bags and pre tensioner seat belt are designed to activate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is dam aged the supplemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these systems should be done only by an INFINITI dealer When maintenance work is required on the vehicle the supplemental front air bags side air bags curtain side impact air bags related parts and pre tensioner seat belt should be pointed out to the person conducting the maintenance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle 4X WARNING e Once a supplemental front air bag side air bag or curtain side impact air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally if any of the supplemental front air bags inflate the activated pre tensioner seat belt must also be re placed The air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt system should be re placed by an INFINITI dealer The air bag modules and pre tensioner seat belt system cannot be repaired e The supplemental front air bag side air bag and curtain side impact air bag sys tems and pre tensioner seat belt system should be inspected by an_ INFINITI dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle Safety Seats s
220. equipment are properly secured In case of emergency 6 7 JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster bat tery the instructions and precautions 12 volts Use of an improperly rated bat after use Such items can become dan gerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The T type spare tire and small size Spare tire are designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section If needed Roadside Assistance is avail below must be followed 4X WARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also dam age your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery tery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery able Please see your Warranty Informa tion Booklet or Roadside Assistance I D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty Information Booklet Canada e Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any tim
221. er sonal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by install ing additional trim material around the air bag system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passen ger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occu pant classification sensor pressure sen sor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the seat belt system may re sult in serious personal injury Work around and on the supplemental front air bag system should be done by an INFINITI dealer Installation of electri cal equipment should also be done by an INFINITI dealer The yellow and orange Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring and connectors should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windsh
222. er door lOCK esseeesseeosseeosseeossecessseessseoo 3 5 Power OUutlet ssccccsssscccessecceessecceeeees 2 37 Power steering fluid essssssseseeesecessceseeseeens 8 17 Power steering system essssesseessesseesseoes 5 46 Power wWiIndoOWS ssssesssseessseesssecssseessseessse 2 44 Pre crash seat belts ccccsssscccssescceeseecceeeees 1 12 Precautions All wheel drive AWD driving safety 5 6 Audio operation sssseessssessssessssesssseessseessse 4 29 Braking precautionS essssesssssesssscsssscessecee 5 46 Cruise cCOontrOlrcesnnisicasec noniine 5 19 Maintenance sssesseesseesseosseossesseesseosseosseesse 8 5 Seat belt USage esesssessessecerecesscssecsseesseess 1 8 Supplemental restraint system 1 36 When starting and dTriving cccceesceeees 5 2 Pre tensioner seat belt system front seats 1 49 Preview function Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped model 5 42 5 47 Push button ignition SWITCH ccccccceccccsescescesaces 5 7 Push starting scncrscnsvsdnssrcedeiensarabiarsorsventoveasavsauaas 6 10 R Radi Os esasen naaie e 4 29 4 43 4 45 Car phone or CB radio siersssacasscdsosensaxeceensas 4 59 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M LEST US OUI ireann 9 19 Rear active Steer system csseccsssccesecceeecees 5 53 Rear control switches for audio ccceeeee 4 45 Rear control switches for temperature
223. er in accor dance with the maintenance schedule in the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide To replace the filter contact an INFINITI dealer 4 28 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems The filter should be replaced if air flow is extremely decreased or when windows fog up easily when operating heater or air con ditioning system SERVICING CLIMATE CONTROL The climate control system in your INFINITI is charged with a refrigerant de signed with the environment in mind This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone layer However special charging equip ment and lubricant are required when ser vicing your INFINITI air conditioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your climate con trol system See Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants in the 9 Tech nical and consumer information for cli mate control system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations Your INFINITI dealer will be able to service your environmentally friendly climate con trol system 4X WARNING The system contains refrigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with the proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Radio Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and push the RADIO button to turn on the radio If you listen to the radio with the engi
224. eriously injured or killed in an accident The LATCH anchors are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area and feeling to make sure there are no ob structions over the LATCH anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion ma terial The child restraint will not be se cured properly if the LATCH anchors are obstructed Front facing step 3 Front facing Follow these steps to install a front facing child restraint using LATCH 1 If your vehicle is equipped with rear power seat adjustment adjust the rear outboard seats to the uplight and re armost position e Do not move the rear outboard seats with the child restraints attached to them 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child re straint Front facing step 3 3 Secure the child restraint anchor at tachments to the LATCH lower an chors 4 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the cor rect child restraint fit See Head re straint
225. erly Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer See Adaptive Front lighting System AFS later in this section Py 1 Automatic transmission position indicator light When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the indicator shows the au tomatic selector shift position See Driv ing with automatic transmission in the 5 Starting and driving section CAUSE Cruise main switch indicator light Green The light comes on when the cruise con trol main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise control main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational Cruise set switch indicator light The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the en gine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning prop erly Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer Front passenger air bag status light The front passenger air bag status light g will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light operation see INFINITI advanced air bag system in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual High beam indicator light Blue This light comes on when the headli
226. ery out of the reach of children DI0137MA Check the fluid level in each cell Remove the battery cover if it is necessary It should be between the UPPER LEVEL 1 and LOWER LEVEL 2 lines If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level to the in dicator in each filler opening Do not over fill SDI1480C 1 Remove the cell plugs A 2 Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL line If the side of the battery is not clear check the distilled water level by looking directly above the cell the condition indicates OK and the conditions 2 needs more to be added 3 Tighten cell plugs Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the 6 In case of emergency section If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact an INFINITI dealer 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM if equipped CAUTION e Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will by pass the variable voltage control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely e Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery The variable voltage control system me
227. esoeeo 4 11 How to use SETTING button 0005 4 12 RearView Monitor if so equipped 4 20 How to read the displayed lines 4 20 How to park with predicted course lines 4 21 How to adjust the screen cecceceeees 4 22 OPENS TINS accevesterceisncnctanestueteweterossreecees 4 22 Ventilators occa ouevaces Seseesesoscctance ccesecemeeeupeeeteaante 4 23 Automatic climate CONtrOl ccccecesceceeees 4 24 Automatic Operation ccccececeeeeceecees 4 25 Manual OperatiOn cecececcscscecescececees 4 26 Ambient temperature cccecesescsceeeees Rear control switches for temperature if SO equipped ccccececeececececececeeces Operating LIDS sicesiesosuswedteerectavsemieseieisdsssouns In cabin microfilter sos ccccsessawssasecesvvesasiexessase Servicing climate CONtroOl ccecceeeeeees Audio SY SCCM cssacaceecicsesecsencntnesncdanwouenencesoncaesax s Audio operation precautions 000 FM AM satellite radio with compact disc CD changer occ ssioccoaeveseesdepecessenssosdewessbrsess CD care and cleaning cccceeceeceeceeees Steering wheel mounted controls for UIO ee seecese cere N es Rear control switches for audio if so SQUID DEO sreieavcavraciecsseudsautssensescasiestensucsicexad PUI OTING socenwssetatedssaniseccenenssecsiesscesenedeedeseaes INFINITI mobile entertainment system MES if so
228. et so they turn on and off automatically To set the autolight system 1 Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO position 1 2 Push the ignition switch to the ON po sition 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off To turn the autolight system off turn the Instruments and controls 2 27 switch to the OFF paz or Z position The autolight system can turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark and turn off the headlights when it is light If the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position and one of the doors is opened and this condition is continued the headlights remain on for 5 minutes Automatic headlights off delay You can keep the headlights on for up to 180 seconds after you push the ignition switch to LOCK and open any door then close all the doors You can adjust the period of the auto matic headlights off delay from O seconds OFF to 180 seconds For automatic headlights off delay setting see Automatic headlights off delay in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section 2 28 Instruments and controls Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor A located on the top of the instrument panel The photo sensor con trols the autolight if it is covered the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate Headlight beam select 1 To select the low beam put th
229. etely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish Appearance and care 7 3 CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance to the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s recommendations Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat mate rial Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens 7 4 Appearance and care fy CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any similar material Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to the leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents detergents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish Only use fabric protectors approved by INFINITI Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may damage the lens cover FLOOR MATS The use of INFINITI floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the i
230. ever up or down to the point where lights begin flashing FOG LIGHT SWITCH To turn the fog lights on turn the head light switch to the 0 position then turn the switch to the p position To turn them off turn the switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on for the fog lights to operate Instruments and controls 2 31 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH r SIC2574 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emer gency conditions All turn signal lights will flash 4X WARNING e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road e Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless un usual circumstances force you to 2 32 Instruments and controls drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic e Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on The flasher can be actuated with the igni tion switch in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving HORN gt lt SIC2769 To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel 4X WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may re sult in serious personal injury HEATED SEATS Rear seats if so equipped A CAUTI
231. ew INFINITI vehicle limited warranties Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first rec ommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the fol lowing conditions may require more fre quent oil and filter changes e repeated short distance driving at cold outside temperatures 9 6 Technical and consumer information e driving in dusty conditions e extensive idling e stop and go rush hour traffic e aggressive driving Refer to the INFINITI Service and Mainte nance Guide for the maintenance schedule AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioning system in your INFINITI vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a and the lu bricant NISSAN A C system oil Type S or the exact equivalents AX CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or lubricant will cause severe damage to the air condi tioning system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner system compo nents The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your INFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain governmental regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refriger ant during automotive air conditioning system service Your INFINITI dealer h
232. ey SAA1186 To return to the previous display after the MAINTENANCE NOTICE screen is dis played push the BACK button The MAINTENANCE NOTICE screen is displayed each time the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position until one of the following conditions are met e Reset Distance is selected e Interval Reminder is set to OFF e the maintenance interval is set again VOICE COMMAND LIST information if equipped The voice command list for the INFINITI Voice Recognition system will be dis played as shown below e Phone Help e Navigation Help e Information Help e Audio Help e Climate Control Help Select one of the items to show the de tailed list See INFINITI Voice Recognition system in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 11 Door Open WARNING DISPLAY These displays will appear when one of the following occurs while driving over 3 MPH 5 km h e Any door is not securely closed The corresponding door will be indicated on the display e The trunk lid is not securely closed e Any door and the trunk lid are not se curely closed These displays will disappear when the vehicle speed slows down under 3 MPH 5 Trunk Open km h even if a door or trunk lid is not se curely closed yet Make sure to stop the vehicle and close a door or trunk lid securely 4 12 Monitor climate audio phone and voice
233. f the indicator light on HomeLink blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns solid HomeLink has picked up a rolling code garage door opener signal You will need to proceed with the next steps to train HomeLink completing the program ming may require a ladder and an other person for convenience 6 Push and release the program button located on the garage door opener s motor to activate the training mode This button is usually located near the antenna wire that hangs down from the motor If the wire originates from under a light lens you will need to re move the lens to access the training button NOTE Once you have pushed and released the training button on the garage door open er s motor and the training light is lit you have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7 For convenience use the help of a Instruments and controls 2 53 second person to assist when performing this step 7 Quickly within 30 seconds of pushing and releasing the garage door opener training button and firmly push and release the HomeLink button you ve just programmed Push and release the HomeLink button up to three times to complete the training 8 Your HomeLink button should now be programmed To program the re maining HomeLink buttons for addi tional door or gate openers follow steps 2 through 8 only NOTE Do not repeat step one unless you want to clear all previously programmed
234. fe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and set the ICC system again If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the ve Starting and driving 5 37 hicle is still driveable under normal condi tions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer 5 38 Starting and driving Sensor maintenance The sensor for the ICC system A is lo cated below the front bumper To keep the ICC system operating prop erly be sure to observe the following e Always keep the sensor clean Wipe with a soft cloth carefully so as not to damage the sensor e Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor Do not touch or re move the screw located on the sensor Doing so could cause failure or mal function If the sensor is damaged due to an accident contact an INFINITI dealer Do not attach a sticker including transparent material or install an ac cessory near the sensor This could cause failure or malfunction CONVENTIONAL FIXED SPEED CRUISE CONTROL MODE This mode allows driving at a speed be tween 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accel erator pedal 4X WARNING In the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode a warning chime does not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead as neither the pres ence of the vehicle ahead nor the vehicle to vehicle
235. fect vehicle handling performance and the VDC OFF indi cator or SLIP indicator or both indi cator lights may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not stan dard equipment or are extremely dete riorated the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indi cator or both indicator lights may illumi nate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on unstable surfaces such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than those rec ommended are used the VDC system may not operate properly and VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indicator or both indi cator lights may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow cov ered road REAR ACTIVE STEER SYSTEM if so equipped The Rear Active Steer system is an elec tronically controlled four wheel steering system The angle of the rear wheels are adjusted by the Rear Active Steer system de pending on the vehicle speed and steering angle The rear wheels are de signed t
236. flaws Otherwise sig nals may not be read properly Do not write draw or attach anything on any side of the DVD Do not store the DVD in locations with direct sunlight or in high temperatures or humidity Always place discs in the storage case when they are not being used Do not put on any sticker or write any thing on either surface of the DVD Auxiliary input jacks if so equipped The auxiliary input jacks are located on the rear side of the center console NTSC compatible devices such as video games camcorders and portable video players can be connected to the auxiliary jacks The auxiliary jacks are color coded for identification purposes e Yellow video input e White left channel audio input e Red right channel audio input Before connecting a device to a jack power off the portable device and turn off the DVD player CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a car phone or a CB radio in your INFINITI be sure to observe the following cautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the elec tronic control modules and electronic con trol system harness 4X WARNING e Acellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some juris dictions prohibit the use of cellular tele phones while driving e If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cel lular phone operational mode if so equipped is hi
237. for the ve hicle This is the maximum com bined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the ve hicle If the vehicle is used to tow a Technical and consumer information 9 13 trailer the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load This information is lo cated on the Tire and Loading Infor mation label e Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the weight of total occu pants weight subtracted from the load limit 9 14 Technical and consumer information Example 1 i Occupants Load limit 1 400 Ib J 640 kg Example 2 Occupants Load limit Luggage Available cargo E and luggage load capacity 150 Ib 150 Ib 300 Ib 30 Ib 1 070 Ib 70 kg 70 kg 140 kg 15 kg 485 kg Luggage Available cargo and 1 400 Ib R F R R ELELE luggage load capacity 640 kg 680 Ib 150lbx4 600lb 301b x4 120 Ib 300 kg 70 kg 280 kg 15kg 60kg VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your ve hicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not ex ceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Loading Information label To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight to the value Examples are shown in the illustration Steps for determining correc
238. fy your rights under your state s lemon law INFINITI is dedicated to providing a satis fying ownership experience for as long as you own your car Should you have any questions regarding your INFINITI or your INFINITI dealer please contact our Con sumer Affairs department at In U S 1 800 662 6200 In Canada 1 800 361 4792 READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle read your Owner s Manual carefully This will en sure familiarity with controls and mainte nance requirements assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle 4X WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a Safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influence of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Pre teen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modi fication could affect its performance safety or durab
239. ge doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and security systems e Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehicle s battery is discharged or is disconnected HomeLink will retain all programming Once HomeLink Universal Transceiver is programmed retain the original trans mitter for future programming procedures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information refer to Pro gramming HomeLink later in this sec tion 2 52 Instruments and controls 4X WARNING Do not use HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by federal safety standards These standards became effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automati cally stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these fea tures increases the risk of serious injury or death During programming procedure your garage door or security gate may open or close Make sure that people and ob jects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming H
240. gh the brake operation is con trolled by the system the system does not automatically stop the vehicle If the vehicle speed falls below approximately 20 MPH 32 km h the Intelligent Cruise Control system is automatically can celed and a warning chime sounds The brake control is also canceled The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or weather conditions To avoid accidents never use the Intelligent Cruise Control system under the following conditions On roads where the traffic is heavy or there are sharp curves On slippery road surfaces such as on ice or snow etc During bad weather rain fog snow etc When the windshield wiper is oper ated at the low speed LO or high speed HI position the Intelli gent Cruise Control system is auto matically canceled 5 24 Starting and driving When strong light for example at sunrise or sunset is directly shining on the front of the vehicle When rain snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor On steep downhill roads the vehicle may go beyond the set vehicle speed and frequent braking may result in overheating the brakes On repeated uphill and downhill roads When traffic conditions make it diffi cult to keep a proper distance be tween vehicles because of frequent acceleration or deceleration Do not use the Intelligent Cruise Control system if you are towing a trailer The system may not detect
241. ghly recommended Exer cise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle opera tion e If a conversation in a moving vehicle re quires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your ve hicle before doing so Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 fy CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control mod ules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system harness Do not route the an tenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult an INFINITI dealer 4 60 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM 4X WARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If a conversation in a moving vehicle re quires you to take notes pull off the road to a Safe location and stop your ve hicle before doing so 4X CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Bluetooth a Your INFINITI is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone system If you are an owner of a Bluetooth enabled
242. ght high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system MAIN switch indicator light Green if so equipped The light comes on when the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system MAIN switch is pushed The light goes out when the MAIN switch is pushed again While the MAIN switch indicator light comes on the ICC system is operational PaA Lane Departure Warning LDW system indicator light Orange if so equipped The light will blink and a warning tone will sound if the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of the travel ing lane with detectable lane markers The light also illuminates if there is a mal function in the Lane Departure Warning LDW system Instruments and controls 2 17 See Lane departure warning system in the 5 Starting and driving section SERVICE ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If the malfunction indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emis sion control malfunction The malfunction indicator light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons 14 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the ENGINE light should turn off if no other potential
243. gn with the lane marker When rain snow or dirt adhere to the windshield in front of the LDW camera LANE DEPARTURE WARNING SYSTEM OPERATION The LDW system has an automatic mode and manual mode In the automatic mode the LDW system automatically turns on when the push button ignition switch is turned to the ON position The LDW system ON indicator 2 located on the LDW switch 4 illuminates indicating that the system is on To cancel the LDW system push the LDW switch 1 to turn off the LDW system ON indicator 2 To turn on the system push the LDW switch Q again In the manual mode the LDW system will be off when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position The LDW switch must be pushed to turn on the system To change modes push and hold the LDW switch 1 for more than 4 seconds when the LDW system ON indicator is off Both chime sounds and blinking of the LDW system indicator inform you that the mode change has been completed When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right of the traveling lane while driving over approximately 45 MPH 72 km h the LDW indicator G on the in strument panel flashes and a chime sounds to alert the driver When you use the lane change signal and change your traveling lane the LDW system does not warn you until about 2 seconds after the lane change signal is turned off When the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 45 MPH 72 km h
244. gs in the 4 Monitor cli mate audio phone and voice recognition systems section the lights will illumi nate under the following conditions e any door is opened with the ignition switch in any position remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go off OFF position When the switch is in the OFF position 2 the lights will not illuminate regard less of the condition AX CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror a is opened When the cover is closed the light will turn off The lights will also turn off after 30 min utes when the lights remain illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming dis charged TRUNK LIGHT The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened When the trunk lid is closed the light will turn off The light will also turn off after 30 minutes when the light remains illuminated to pre vent the battery from becoming dis charged Instruments and controls 2 51 HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the func tions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as gara
245. he ENTER E button to pause the DVD To resume playing the DVD use the PLAY key To pause the DVD it is also possible to push the m button on the keypad of the remote controller PLAY Select the P key and push the ENTER STRAW button to start playing the DVD for example after pausing the DVD To start playing the DVD it is also pos sible to push the m button on the keypad of the remote controller E stor Select the gg key and push the ENTER AAO button to stop playing the DVD To stop playing the DVD it is also pos sible to push the button on the keypad of the remote controller SKIP FORWARD Select the pp key and push the ENTER mT button to skip the chap ter s of the disc forward The chapters will advance the number of times the EN TER AmO button is pushed To skip the chapter s forward it is also possible to push the button on the keypad of the remote controller SKIP REWIND Select the a key and push the ENTER AO button to skip the chap ter s of the disc backward The chapters will go back the number of times the ENTER ETRA button is pushed To skip the chapter s backward it is also possible to push the button on the keypad of the remote controller Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 This function is only for DVD AUDIO
246. he Intelligent Key or with the Intel ligent Key inserted in the port ACC Accessories This position activates electrical accesso ries such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories 4X CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the push button ignition switch in ACC or ON positions when the engine is not running for an extended pe riod This can discharge the battery INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE If the battery of the Intelligent Key is al most discharged the guide light 8 of the Intelligent Key port a blinks and the indi cator appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display See Dot matrix liquid crystal display in the 2 Instruments and controls section In this case inserting the Intelligent Key into the port 4 allows you to start the engine Make sure the Intelligent Key is placed in the correct direction The front side faces upward and the key ring side faces backward as illustrated To remove the Intelligent Key from the port push the ignition switch to the LOCK position and push in the Intelligent Key 2 first Then the Intelligent Key will be ejected to the removal position NOTE The Intelligent Key port does not charge the Intelligent Key battery If you see the low battery indicator replace the battery as soon as possible See Intelligent Key battery re
247. he function varies depending on if you push the switch shorter less than 1 5 seconds or longer more than 1 5 seconds RADIO e Pushing DOWN w UP A shorter Next or previous preset channel e Pushing DOWN w UP A longer Next or previous station channel CD e Pushing DOWN w shorter UP 66 A 99 Next track or the beginning of the cur rent track e Pushing DOWN w longer UP 66 A 99 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 Disc change When only one disc is loaded the 1st track of the disc will be selected CD with MP3 WMaA Pushing DOWN w UP A shorter Next track or the beginning of the cur rent track Pushing DOWN w UP A longer Folder change When the last folder on a disc is playing the next disc will be selected DVD if so equipped Pushing DOWN w UP A shorter Next track chapter or the beginning of the current track chapter Pushing DOWN w UP A longer Next group title or the beginning of the current group title BACK switch Push this switch to go back to the pre vious screen or cancel the selection if it is not completed Volume control switches Push the upper or lower side switch to increase or decrease the volume SOURCE select switch Push the source select switch to change the mode in the sequence of radio PRESET
248. he tires above 35 MPH 55 km h If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle In case of emergency 6 15 MEMO 6 16 In case of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior ccecceccecceceecceccecceceecesceccs 7 2 Floor Mats onvnnsseconsvantewseodenotenceteusesecceeecceeness 7 4 Washing cisiiescteiianisncaearsninceceriajas nieni 7 2 Seat beltS ssseeessoeessceessccoesssersecceescseeesceee 7 5 WaN eee aE EEE 7 2 Rear sunshade if so equipped 266 7 5 Removing SpotS sseessooesssssessosesssseesooeeso 7 3 Corrosion protection s ssssssssessooesssoeesseeesosee 7 6 WYN CHET DOC ccncccostcessenacesiessancssnaaceteoreeenreveeesaaet 7 3 Most common factors contributing to NOS e tise usa E N E cee cien cece 7 3 vehicle COFFOSION cccsccccecscecscecscecscscees 7 6 Aluminum alloy wheels ccscscsceseeeees 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Ghrome Parts rece ccevevsevivndetcc seseheddsaeesenceaee chars 7 3 CORO SION icsuicecsieneruevengsneaoetiesseeee tesserae 7 6 Cleaning Interior cic cswsersasutexavncsseseasencesssesatosseuss 7 4 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 6 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surface wash your vehicle aS soon as you can e after a rainfall to prevent
249. ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers e Do not use cruise control on slippery roads e Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Engine block heaters are available through NISSAN dealers to assist in cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 degrees F 7 degrees C or lower To use the engine block heater 1 Turn the engine off 2 Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord 3 Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged exten sion cord Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours de pending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the en gine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and properly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts 4A WARNING Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seriously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could re sult in an electrical shock and can ca
250. icle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remember that stopping distances on slippery sur faces will be longer than on normal sur faces even with ABS Stopping distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe dis tance from the vehicle in front of you Ul timately the driver is responsibile for safety Tire type and condition of tires may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels 5 50 Starting and driving When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Infor mation label See Tire and Loading Infor mation label in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual For detailed information see Wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS con trols the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By pre venting each wheel from locking the sys tem helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and
251. ide considerably more light than conventional head lights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an on coming driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious accident If head lights are not aimed correctly immedi ately take your vehicle to an INFINITI dealer and have the headlights adjusted correctly When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness or color varies slightly However the color and bright ness will soon stabilize e The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off opera tion It is generally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short inter vals for example when the vehicle stops at a traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Canada only the xenon headlights do not turn on This way the life of the xenon headlights is not reduced e If the xenon headlight bulb is close to burning out the brightness will drasti cally decrease the light will start blinking or the color of the light will become reddish If one or more of the above signs appear contact an INFINITI dealer HEADLIGHT SWITCH Lighting 4 Turn the switch to the zpa position The front park side marker tail li cense plate and instrument lights will come on 2 Turn the switch to the 40 position Headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on Autolight system The autolight system allows the head lights to be s
252. ide where the vehicle is im pacted Supplemental curtain side impact air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact collisions The cur tain side impact air bags are designed to 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted These supplemental restraint systems are designed to supplement the crash protec tion provided by the driver and passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be cor rectly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door fin ishers See Seat belts earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supple mental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational 4X WARNING e The supplemental front air bags ordi narily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity frontal collision Always wear your Seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents e The front passenger air bag will
253. ieassnerestiat ecinss 2 49 Replacement s ssseesseossesseesseosseosscoseesseoo 8 30 Trunk Usht seniseid 2 51 Vanity mirror lightS essesessssseessssseesossseeees 2 51 Warning indicator lights and audible rEMINdETS ii stectnesesocsueneschateancnsindeneiecendenties 2 12 Xenon headlights csecccssscesescesssceeees 2 26 Lights Exterior and interior light replacements ceste sues dannaandasaiauaadvaniceest 8 32 Loading information See vehicle loading ON O ea E 9 13 Lock DOOr CK Sis sancssssnsrexsnecepencd eacwucndamuitoencaincentens 3 5 Glove BOX lOCK ii tiosnenretdecaciovnaadiacteseniuee 2 41 Power door lOCK ccccsssssssecccesssscecceeneees 3 5 TRUNK Wi E E T AN 3 18 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system ATH eserinin 1 18 Low fuel warning light eseessseeseesssesseerseesscessee 2 14 Low tire pressure warning light ccceseeee 2 14 Low tire pressure warning system See tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 0008 5 3 M Maintenance Batter orisii aa a a aaa 8 18 General maintenance sssessesesseesceseeseeseeseees 8 2 Inside the vehicle ssssssssssesseessesseesseeseeesse 8 3 Maintenance precautions csssccssssceees 8 5 10 4 Outside the Vehicle csccssscessseescescees 8 2 Seat belt maintenance cccsecceeceeeseeees 1 16 Malfunction indicator light MIL 0000 2 18 DPSS cieteatcs vec ceaesyastetesuwemransenctievteenec
254. ield could af fect the function of the supplemental air bag system e The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the supplemental front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sec tions in this Owners Manual UL AD i SUPPLEMENTAL SIDE AIR BAG AND CURTAIN SIDE IMPACT AIR BAG SYSTEM The supplemental side air bags are lo cated in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The supplemental curtain side impact air bags are located in the side roof rails These systems are de signed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the in formation cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The supplemental side air bags and cur Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 tain side impact air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions on the side where the vehicle is impacted Ve hicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag operation
255. ies the need to apply emergency braking by sensing the vehicle ahead in the same lane and the distance to the ve hicle ahead and relative speed from it it applies the brake pre pressure before the driver depresses the brake pedal and helps improve brake response by re ducing pedal free play For more details refer to Brake assist later in this section BREAK IN SCHEDULE 4 amp CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in shortened engine life and re duced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at con stant speed either fast or slow Do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as pos sible INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly Main tain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the high way Avoid unnecessary stopping and brak ing Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles Select a gear range suitable to road conditions Avoid unnecessary prolonged engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic maintenance schedule Keep the tires inflated at the correct pressure Improper tire pressure will increase
256. ility and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance problems re sulting from modification will not be cov ered under the INFINITI warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model There fore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illus trations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing INFINITI reserves the right to change specifications or de sign at any time without notice IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways 4X WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely 4X CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed carefully If you see the symbol above it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen ro If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle S amp Z 4 Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above indicate movement or ac tion Arrows in an i
257. ill maintain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the accelerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens manually main tain vehicle speed To cancel the preset speed use any of the following methods a Push the CANCEL button The CRUISE SET indicator will go out b Tap the brake pedal The CRUISE SET indicator will go out c Turn the MAIN switch off Both the CRUISE indicator and CRUISE SET indi cator will go out To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods a Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET COAST switch b Push and hold the RESUME ACCELERATE set switch When the ve hicle attains the speed you desire re lease the switch c Push then quickly release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch Each time you do this the set speed will in crease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods a Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and re lease it b Push and hold the SET COAST switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed c Push then quickly release the SET COAST switch Each time you do this th
258. images the current image angle can be switched to another one Select the Angle key and push the ENTER ARA button When the side or side is selected the angle will change Angle Mark DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO When this item is turned on an angle Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55 DVD 01 001 00 00 24 Title Search 1 OKey Search A sKir PAUSE SKIP D E STOP SKIP Settings rear DVD VIDEO mark will be shown on the bottom of the screen if the scene can be seen from a different angle 10 Key Search DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO VIDEO CD CD DA Select the 10 Key Search key and push the ENTER StEMy e button to open the number entry screen Input the number you want to search for and select the OK key with the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER ERS button The specified Title Chapter or Group Track will be played Title Search DVD VIDEO The scene with the specified title will be displayed the number of times the side or side is selected Group Search DVD AUDIO The scene with the specified group will be displayed the number of times the side or side is selected Select No VIDEO CD Select the Select No key and push the ENTER mO button to open the number entry screen Input the number you want to search for and select the
259. in 80 cm from the trunk open re quest switch e f you are too close to the outside door handles or rear bumper the In telligent Key may not operate e f the Intelligent Key is in the oper ating range it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to lock unlock the doors by pushing the door handle request switch 7 AALOED IE mg F F r aer ar a a M i 3 i Ee a a Yj 2 y A is Operating range for engine start function The operating range for starting the en gine inside the vehicle is shown in the il lustration If the Intelligent Key is on the instru ment panel rear parcel shelf inside the glove box or door pocket or the corner of interior compartment it may not be possible to start the engine If the Intelligent Key is near the door or door glass outside the vehicle it may be possible to start the engine DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAUTION Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close dis tance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have dif ficulty recognizing that the Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle After locking with the door handle re quest switch verify the doors are se curely locked by testing them To prevent the Intelligent Key from be ing left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors To prevent the
260. in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child re straint fit See Head restraint adjust ment in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child re straint is removed If the seating posi tion does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child re straint SSS0360B Front facing step 4 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instruc tions for belt routing Front facing step 5 Front facing step 6 5 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is 6 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up fully extended At this time the seat on the shoulder belt to remove any belt retractor is in the automatic lock slack in the belt ing mode child restraint mode It re verts to emergency locking mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 F
261. ine cccccccccecceccceccecccscceccesces 8 7 VO35DE engine ccesevacisacecciicsievessacsweveseieecsesaes 8 9 Engine COOLING system cececescscecececcscecees 8 10 Checking engine coolant level 068 8 11 Changing engine coolant cccecescecesees 8 11 EMS 1G Oil ccrann anA 8 13 Checking engine oil level ssseesssseessseee 8 13 Changing engine oil and filter 8 14 Automatic transmission fluid cceeeeeees 8 16 Power steering fluid cece ce eceecceceeceeceecs 8 17 Brake Uid srossirsimiscn erin aus eee 8 17 Window washer fluid sssssssseessseeescseessceeeseoee 8 18 BAOT eurer E RES 8 18 UTED SCAN UNE serieren rannas Na 8 20 Variable voltage control system if COUN Cd sccacasscwavoceowbescncvenavstedeioastarecuaeletads 8 20 Drive Delloran 8 20 SP PUSS ae 8 21 Replacing spark PIUSS ccccecececeeeees 8 22 Air cleaner esssesssesseesseesseesseeseoesooesesessoessoee 8 22 Windshield wiper blades ccececeeeeees 8 23 Cleaning ecnsisniinrisen a n 8 23 REDIACING secuiccaoweisavcaenscneecenecenseaieeeseebesentst 8 24 BrO sacies sci ecen cers giewsneulesss iamnadosn ats stetacua sss 8 25 Self adjusting brakes ccececesceceeeees 8 25 Brake pad wear indicators seceeeees 8 25 FUSO rsss EESE 8 26 Engine compartment ssssssseessooesssosessooses 8 26 Passenger compartmMent sssssessesssssseseee 8 2
262. ineds 4 46 E Economy Fuel esssseeesseeesseeessseossseossseessseeessee 5 43 Emission control information label 9 11 Emission control system warranty ccssee 9 18 Engine Before starting the engine ccceseeceeees 5 9 Break in schedule fossa tecsriiteatesuiestnasnetds 5 43 Capacities and recommended fuel LUGS IC AES aricesoncce oda vatiinnnientesiaociexeiaauntenseuiaes 9 2 Changing engine coolant ccccsseeceeees 8 11 Changing engine oil and filter 8 14 Checking engine coolant level 6 8 11 Checking engine oil level ceccceeeeeee 8 13 Coolant temperature Zauge ssececeeeees 2 6 Engine block heater essseeesseeessseessseesss 5 55 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine cooling system essssessesssesssosseoes 8 10 Engine Ollresrrsssesscirssesserisceisicsrsosriderr issie 8 13 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil viscosity sscasssvassseasssaayrssarssanseseneny 9 5 Engine serial number sssesssseessseessseessseessse 9 10 Engine specifications ssesssseesssecsssecssseeess 9 7 If your vehicle overheats sseessseessseesssee 6 11 Starting the engine essssessseseeeseseseceseessee 5 10 Entry exit function Automatic drive DOSINIONED crescini ias 3 22 3 25 Event data recorders cccssseeccessseceeesseceneees 9 20 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide cccccceeee
263. ing manually control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead When driving on the freeway at a set speed and approaching a slower traveling vehicle ahead the ICC will adjust the speed to maintain the distance selected by the driver from the vehicle ahead If the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway the ICC system will accel erate and maintain the speed up to the set speed Pay attention to the driving op eration to maintain control of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this oc curs you will have to manually control the vehicle speed Intelligent cruise control switch The system is operated by a MAIN switch and four control switches all mounted on the steering wheel 1 RESUME ACCELERATE switch Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally 2 SET COAST switch Sets desired cruise speed reduces speed incrementally 3 CANCEL switch Deactivates the system erasing the set speed without DISTANCE switch Changes the vehicle s following dis tance e Long e Middle e Short MAIN switch Master switch to activate the system 60 MPH 2 _ fin ome annex o CRUISE lt 68 CRUISE Intelligent cruise control system display and indicators The display is located under the tachom eter 1 Set vehicle speed indicator Indicates the set vehicle speed F
264. ing the outside mirror control switch 4 The selected outside mirror surface moves downward 5 When one of the following conditions has occurred the selected outside mirror surface will return to its original position e The selector lever is moved to any po sition other than R Reverse e The outside mirror control switch is set to the center position e The ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position For more information regarding this fea ture and how to save the R Reverse mir ror tilt down adjustment in the Automatic drive positioner memory refer to Auto matic drive positioner later in this sec tion AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER The automatic drive positioner system has two features e Entry exit function e Memory storage ENTRY EXIT FUNCTION This system is designed so that the driv er s seat and steering column will auto matically move when the automatic trans mission selector lever is in the P Park position This allows the driver to get into and out of the driver s seat more easily The driver s seat will slide backward and the steering wheel will move up when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the LOCK position The driver s seat and steering wheel will return to the previous positions when one of the following is operated e When the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC position after the driver s door is closed e When the ignition s
265. ion Turn the headlight switch to the 2 position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illuminate The daytime run ning lights illuminate once the parking brake is released The daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position 4X WARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your head lights Failure to do so could cause an acci dent injuring yourself and others Adaptive Front lighting System AFS if so equipped The Adaptive Front lighting System AFS will automatically adjust the headlights low beam toward the turning direction to improve the driver s view When the head light switch is ON and the driver operates the steering wheel in a turn the AFS sys tem will be activated The AFS will operate e when the headlight switch is ON e when the selector lever is in any posi tion other than P Park or R Reverse e when the vehicle is driven at above 16 MPH 25 km h for the left side head light Note that the right side low beam headlight will swivel but the left side will not swivel when the vehicle is at a stop and the steering wheel is turned The vehicle must attain a speed above 16 MPH 25 km h before AFS activates the left side headlight Instruments and controls
266. ion fluid ATF 8 16 Climate control sssesssesseesseosssosscoseesseesseos 4 24 Drive POSITIONEL cesecccssscceesccessceeesees 3 25 Driving with automatic transmission 5 11 Seat DOSIMONET icssainnsvscseajnnsasanswensdwansduaanand 3 25 Avoiding collision and rollover ccsssecceeees 5 6 B Battel snisiccesacuvisctwerdaseiateoneasrsetesiasuaaticiranneaneness 8 18 Battery Saver system ccccccsscssccsecsscees 2 29 Before Starting the Engine ccsssscesssceeeeees 5 9 Belts See drive belts ce cecssccesecceesceeeees 8 20 Bluetooth hands free phone system 4 60 Booster Seats sadsasaccvserssianinGendesetertesdneacengecsduesanes 1 32 Brake Anti lock brake system ABS cccceee 5 50 Brake fluid cceccasesccigaccesscessavesecdedenceceseewocsees 8 17 Brake system eesssessssecsssecessecessscessscesseees 5 46 Parking brake operation ssseicasscascecvencneseccare 5 14 Warning light eessesseseeseessesscsscseeseesseeseesee 2 12 Break in schedule 4 sococecnarsevecssadeasvawacevatustiavacees 5 43 Brightness control Instrument panel 2 30 Bulb check instrument panel cccccceceseeees 2 11 Bulb replacement sssesssseossseessseesssecsssecesseeees 8 30 C Cabin air filter ssseensseessseessseesssecssseessseessseeo 4 28 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Caf phone or CB radio siscsiscasvsisscsesspnedevantaesen
267. ioner is operating e When the memory switch 1 or 2 is not pushed for at least 1 second e When the seat has already been moved to the memorized position e When no Seat position is stored in the memory switch e When the engine is started while mov Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 ing the automatic drive positioner e When the AT selector lever is moved from the P Park position to any other position However it will not be can celled if the switch is pushed while the seat and steering column are re turning to the previous positions entry exit function 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments MEMO Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SC TOU ae arcccseneseceeseceseeiececesecceseuecsessccacesss 4 2 Center multi function control panel 4 2 How to use INFINITI controller 08 4 3 Start up screen model with Navigation Sy SECU access PNE O E N E A A ie ecss 4 4 SUMED eeina A aia 4 5 How to select menus on the sScreen 4 6 Vehicle information and SettingS ccc000 4 6 How to use STATUS button cceceeee 4 6 How to use BRIGHTNESS CONTROL AND DISPLAY ON OFF Dutton ccececececeees 4 6 How to use TRIP FUEL ECON button 4 7 How to use INFO button cceceeceeees 4 7 Warning display sssesssesssessoessoessoeesse
268. is vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be properly re strained in the rear seat and if appropri ate in a child restraint The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire re straint system and increase the chance 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system or severity of injury in an accident Se rious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could in crease the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effec tiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same Seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a malfunction in the system Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer Once the pre tensioner seat
269. is over 25 MPH 40 km h 5 34 Starting and driving How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead The distance to the vehicle ahead can be selected at any time depending on the traffic conditions Each time the DISTANCE switch A is pushed the set distance will change to long middle short and back to long again in that sequence Display The distance to the vehicle ahead will change according to the vehicle speed The higher the vehicle speed the longer the distance If the engine is stopped the set dis tance becomes long Each time the Approximate distance at 60 MPH 100 km h ft m 195 60 130 40 engine is started the initial setting becomes long Approach warning If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in the system warns the driver with the chime and ICC system display Decelerate by de pressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if e The chime sounds e The vehicle ahead detection and set distance indicator blink The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short dis tance between vehicles Some examples are e When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing e When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between ve hicles is increasing e When the accelerator peda
270. is pushed e When traveling outside the 25 to 90 MPH 40 to 144 km h speed range While the brakes are applied by the driver When pushing the RESUME ACCELERATE switch without a set speed in memory When the windshield wipers are oper ating at low speed LO or high speed HI When the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system is switched off Starting and driving 5 31 CRUISE 1 System set display with vehicle ahead 2 System set display without vehicle ahead System operation 4X WARNING Normally when controlling the distance to a vehicle ahead this system automatically ac celerates or decelerates your vehicle ac cording to the speed of the vehicle ahead Depress the accelerator to properly acceler 5 32 Starting and driving CRUISE ate your vehicle when acceleration is re quired for a lane change Depress the brake pedal when deceleration is required to main tain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to its sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in Always stay alert when using the ICC system The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based on the road conditions The ICC system maintains the set vehicle speed similar to standard cruise control as long as no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead The ICC system displays the set speed Vehicle detected ahead When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead the ICC system decelerates the ve hicle by controlling the throttle and ap plying the bra
271. item complete on the rear screen BACK button Press to go back to the previous screen or cancel the selection Display tilt Adjust the display angle by pushing the DISPLAY TILT button N or w DVD AUX RADIO CD mode To select the DVD AUX Auxiliary input jacks radio or CD mode push the de sired button Volume To control the volume level push the VOL button N or vy Display Press to adjust the rear display screen brightness tint contrast etc Aspect To change the display size push the AS PECT button Each time the button is pushed the display size will change to Cinema Wide Full or Normal Sound To change the language push the SOUND button Each time the button is pushed the language will change to each language stored in the DVD Headphones When the HEADPHONES MODE is se lected the DVD sound can be heard through the headphones Push the button Each time the button is pushed the mode will switch to ON or OFF To control the volume of sound from the headphones use the VOLUME CONTROL knob attached to the headphones Track Channel Press to skip to the previous or next radio station CD track or DVD scene selection Keypad PLAY PAUSE button STOP button FORWARD button REWIND button FORWARD button for still images for DVD AUDIO REWIND button for still images for DVD AUDIO CARE
272. iti com bluetooth Automatic Hold If this item is turned on an incoming call will be placed on hold automatically after several rings Use Vehicle Ringtone If this item is turned on a specific ring tone that is different from the cellular phone s will sound when receiving a call Bluetooth Setup See the following information for each item e Bluetooth Handsfree If this item is turned off the connec tion between the cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module will be canceled e Paired Phone List Up to 5 registered cellular phones are shown on the list e Pair Phone See Pairing Procedure in this sec tion e Remove Paired Phone Delete a registered cellular phone from the paired list e Bluetooth Info Check information about the device name device address and device PIN Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 67 INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM INFINITI Voice Recognition allows hands free operation of the systems equipped on this vehicle such as the display audio climate control phone and op tional navigation systems INFINITI Voice Recognition will be acti vated when the system language is set to English If French is selected INFINITI Voice Recognition will not operate when the TALK amp switch on the steering wheel mounted controls is pushed See How to use SETTING button earlier in this section To operate INFINITI Voice Rec
273. ive head restraint front seats 4X WARNING e Always adjust the head restraints prop erly as specified in the previous section Failure to do so can reduce the effective ness of the active head restraint e Active head restraints are designed to supplement other safety systems Al ways wear seat belts No system can prevent all injuries in any accident e Do not attach anything to the head re straint stalks Doing so could impair ac tive head restraint function The active head restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback re ceives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head re straint helps support the occupant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active head restraints are effective for col lisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active head restraints operate only in cer tain rear end collisions After the colli sion the head restraints return to their original positions Properly adjust the active head restraints as described in the previous section 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system ARMREST Front armrest Pull the lever A up and slide the drivers or passenger s armrest forward and back ward Slide the armrest to the original position when using the front cup holders Rear armrest
274. k ing operation and is not a collision warn ing or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times As there is a performance limit to the Preview Function never rely solely on this system This system does not cor rect careless inattentive or absent minded driving or overcome poor vis ibility in rain fog or other bad weather Reduce vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or weather conditions The Preview Function may not operate properly under the following conditions The vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions and the Brake Assist will operate When rain snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor When strong light for example at sunrise or sunset is directly shining on the front of the vehicle Winding or hilly roads may cause the sensor to temporarily not detect a ve hicle in the same lane or may detect objects or vehicles in other lanes Vehicle position in the lane may cause the sensor to temporarily not detect a vehicle in the same lane or may detect objects or vehicles in other lanes When the Preview Function operates the brake pedal may move slightly and may make a small noise This is not a system malfunction CRUISE Warning light and display When th
275. kes to match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead The system then controls the vehicle speed based on the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the driver selected distance The stoplights of the vehicle come on and the brake pedal depresses when braking is performed by the ICC system When the brake operates a noise may be heard This is not a malfunction When a vehicle ahead is detected the ve hicle ahead detection indicator comes on The ICC system will also display the set speed and selected distance Vehicle ahead not detected When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead the ICC system gradually acceler ates your vehicle to resume the previously set vehicle speed The ICC system then maintains the set speed When a vehicle is no longer detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off If a vehicle ahead appears during accel eration to the set vehicle speed or any time the ICC system is in operation the system controls the distance to that ve hicle When passing another vehicle the set speed indicator will flash when the ve hicle speed exceeds the set speed The vehicle detect indicator will turn off when the area ahead of the vehicle is open When the pedal is released the vehicle will return to the previously set speed Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC system you can depress the ac celerator pedal when it is necessary to ac celerate your vehicle rapidly How to change th
276. l If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indi cated on the vehicle placard or tire infla tion pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illumi nates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substi Starting and driving 5 3 tute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain cor rect tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumi nation of the TPMS low tire pressure tell tale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating prop erly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure tell tale When the system detects a malfunc tion the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain con tinuously
277. l doors fuel filler door activate the panic alarm and open the windows by pushing the buttons on the Intelligent Key from out side the vehicle Before locking the doors make sure the In telligent Key is not left in the vehicle The LOCK UNLOCK button on the Intelli gent Key can operate at a distance of ap proximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be used with one vehicle For information concern ing the purchase and use of additional In telligent Keys contact an INFINITI dealer The lock and unlock buttons on the Intel ligent Key will not operate when e the distance between the Intelligent Key and the vehicle is over 33 ft 10 m e the Intelligent Key battery runs down After locking with the remote keyless entry function pull the door handle to make sure the doors are securely locked The LOCK UNLOCK operating range varies depending on the environment To se 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments curely operate the lock and unlock but tons approach the vehicle to about 3 ft 1 m from the door HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors and fuel filler door t Move the selector lever to the P po sition push the ignition switch to the LOCK position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 1 2 Close all the doors 2 4 Push the LOCK button on
278. l is de pressed overriding the system e When a vehicle cuts in near your ve hicle The warning chime will not sound when your vehicle approaches vehicles that are parked or moving slowly Starting and driving 5 35 SSD0284A NOTE The approach warning chime may sound and the system display may blink when the ICC sensor detects some reflectors a which are fitted on vehicles in other lanes or on the side of the road This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle The ICC sensor may detect these reflectors when the vehicle is driven on winding roads hilly roads or when en tering or exiting a curve The ICC sensor may also detect reflectors on narrow roads or in road construction zones In these cases you will have to manually control the proper distance ahead of your vehicle 5 36 Starting and driving Also the sensor sensitivity can be af fected by vehicle operation steering ma neuver or driving position in the lane or traffic or vehicle condition for example if a vehicle is being driven with some dam age Automatic cancellation A chime sounds under the following con ditions and the control is automatically canceled e When the vehicle speed falls below approximately 20 MPH 32 km h e When the selector lever is shifted to the N Neutral position e When the windshield wipers are oper ated at low speed LO or high speed HI e When the VDC is turned off e When the VD
279. last ing damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at an INFINITI dealer or automotive accessory stores UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter the underbody must be cleaned regularly This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing underbody and suspension corrosion Before the winter period and again in the spring the under seal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film 4X CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defogger elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road Salt is used Salt could discolor the wheels if not removed 4X CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels e Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as am bient temperature e Rinse the wheel to compl
280. ld detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean the blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild de tergent Then rinse the blade with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Push the ignition switch to the ON po sition and the windshield wiper switch ON Push the ignition switch to the LOCK position when the wiper is in the fully up position The wiper will stop as illustrated The wiper should be in the fully up position to avoid scratching the engine hood or wiper arm 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself Pull the wiper arm Push the release tab A and then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm 4 while pushing the release tab to remove Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until a click sounds AX CAUTION After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arm may be dam aged from wind pressure Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision If you wax the surface of the hood be care ful not to let wax get into the washer nozzle a This may cause clogging or i
281. ld re straint systems e Rear facing child restraint e Front facing child restraint e Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 lb 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child re straints Front facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a front facing child restraint 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 4X WARNING Infants and children need special protection The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an acci dent an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use ap propriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small chil dren See Child restraints later in this section Also there are other types of child re straints available for larger children for additional protection INFINITI recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat
282. ld weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maximum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information see Battery in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without antifreeze drain the cooling system by opening the drain plug located under the Starting and driving 5 53 radiator Refill before operating the ve hicle See Engine cooling system in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion for changing engine coolant TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires are of a tread design to provide superior performance on dry pavement However the performance of these tires will be substantially re duced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads INFINITI recommends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Please consult an INFINITI dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability in formation 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some provinces and states prohibit their use Check local state and pro vincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 3 Tire chains may be used For details 5 54 Starting and driving see
283. lder closed while driving to prevent an accident The sunglasses holder can be opened by pushing the button a 4X CAUTION Do not use for anything other than glasses Do not leave glasses in the sunglasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the glasses GLOVE BOX 4X WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop To open the glove box push the glove box lid release button A To close push the lid in until the lock latches Instruments and controls 2 41 To lock 8 unlock the glove box use the mechanical key or wallet key if so equipped For the mechanical key usage see Keys Intelligent Key in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 2 42 Instruments and controls Model with DVD drive CONSOLE BOX To open the console box lid pull the lever a Model with DVD drive or Model without DVD drive SIC2077A Model without DVD drive When the lever 8 driver s seat side is COAT HOOKS pulled the upper case is available for i i storing some small items When the lever The coat hooks are equipped beside the front passenger s seat side is pulled rear personal lights the bottom case is available for storing To use the coat hook push the hook A some larger ones to release it 4X CAUTION Do not place heavy items on the hook Instruments and controls 2 43 CAR
284. le do not change the front seat by placing material near the seatback or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag e Work around and on the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system should be done by an INFINITI dealer In stallation of electrical equipment should also be done by an INFINITI dealer The SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag system The SRS wiring harnesses connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system and guide the buyer to the appro priate sections in this Owner s Manual PRE TENSIONER SEAT BELT SYSTEM front seats 4X WARNING e The pre tensioner seat belt cannot be re used after activation It must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit e If the vehicle becomes involved in a fron tal collision but the pre tensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if neces sary replaced by an INFINITI dealer e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pre tensioner seat belt system This is to prevent accidental activation of the pre tensioner seat belt or damage to the pre tensioner seat belt operatio
285. led conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perfor mance 4X WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cor nering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades A the highest B and C representing the tire s resis tance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corre sponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 4X WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is estab lished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading either sepa rately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure Technical and consumer information 9 17 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your INFINITI is covered by the following emission warranties For US e Emission Defec
286. les side air bag mod ules curtain side impact air bag modules and all related wiring and pre tensioner seat belt After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemen tal air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is opera tional If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supple mental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belt need servicing e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds after pushing the ignition switch to the ON position e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags curtain side impact air bags and or pre tensioner seat belt may not operate properly They must be checked and re paired Take your vehicle to the nearest INFINITI dealer 4X WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag cur tain side impact air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt will not operate in an ac cident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE The supplem
287. limate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 the CD by pushing the EJECT button and after a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the tem perature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 or WMA CD Compact Disc with MP3 or WMA Terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pic tures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known com pressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD can reduce the file size by approximately 10 1 ratio Sampling 44 1 kHz Bit rate 128 kbps with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Microsoft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec en abling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music files The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is deter mined by the bit rate used when en coding the file Sampling frequency The rate at which the samples of a sig
288. llustration that are similar to those above call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING 4X WARNING Engine Exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Califor nia to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproduc tive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batter ies may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG J Bluetooth Inc U S A and licenced to Xanavi Informatics Corpora tion QY INFINITI 2006 NISSAN MOTOR CO LTD All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a re trieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photo copying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co Ltd Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Mo
289. lso adjust the guidance voice volume by turning the VOLUME control Ne 3 Guidance Voice Ss ON E Phone Ringer Vol O00000000000000 F JE Phone Incoming Vol QOOUDDNN00000000 1E BH Phone Outgoing Vol 0000 H e ButtonBeeps ON j Boo CA OOOO knob while voice guidance is being an nounced Guidance Voice When this item is turned to ON you will hear voice guidance in the navigation if so equipped operation or in other opera tions Phone Ringer Vol Phone Incoming Vol Phone Outgoing Vol For the details of these Items refer to Hands free phone system later in this section 4 16 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Button Beeps When this item is turned to ON you will hear a beep sound when you use a button Phone settings For the details of Phone settings refer to Hands free phone system later in this section Voice Recognition settings The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING i2 button se lecting the Voice Recognition key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER ETAO button Minimize Voice Feedback When this item is turned to ON vocal feedback is reduced if the voice recogni tion system is activated SSN E on screen ck e NA Clock Format Cao 3 l orana Fh l Daim sangrme Co j J meze o oO ooo A OOOO Clock settings if so equipped
290. lt or is not sitting on the seat prop erly or is not using the seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated de pending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminated in dicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is in Stalled properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 properly If the air bag status light is still not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your INFINITI dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The INFINITI advanced air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the fr
291. m proper windshield washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by an INFINITI dealer SELF ADJUSTING BRAKES Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied 4X WARNING See an INFINITI dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not re turn to normal BRAKE PAD WEAR INDICATORS The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping or screeching sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is de pressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occasional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information see the maintenance log section of your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide for maintenance intervals Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 FUSES Two types of fuses are used Type A is used in the fuse boxes in the engine com partment Type is used in the passen ger compartment fus
292. m 1 17 CAUTION Remember that a child restraint left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before plac ing your child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint lower anchor system re ferred to as the Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System or LATCH Some child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to these lower anchors For details see Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH in this sec tion If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used See Child restraint installed us ing the seat belts later in this section In general child restraints are also designed to be installed with the lap portion of a lap shoulder seat belt Several manufacturers offer child re straints for infants and small children of various sizes When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind e Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan dard 213 e Check the child restraint in your ve hicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system e If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the
293. m reactivates if the vehicle is tam pered with again Instruments and controls 2 23 The alarm is activated by e Unlocking the door or opening the trunk lid without using the button on the Intelligent Key the door handle re quest switch or the mechanical key Even if the door is opened by re leasing the door inside lock knob the alarm will activate e Opening the hood How to stop an activated alarm The alarm will stop by unlocking a door by pushing the unlock button on the Intelli gent Key the door handle request switch or using the mechanical key The alarm will not stop if the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position If the system does not operate as de scribed above have it checked by an INFINITI dealer INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered Intelligent Key Statement related to section 15 of FCC rules for INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer 2 24 Instruments and controls System CONT ASSY CARD SLOT This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY
294. malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high De crease the temperature before use Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pin holes may not work prop erly The following CDs may not work prop erly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter CDs that are not round CDs with a paper label CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play prere corded CDs It has no capabilities to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PUSH EJECT This is an error due to the temperature inside the player is too high Remove Monitor c
295. mode retractor which must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the retractor s locking mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 e Achild restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front pas senger Seat The instructions in this section apply to child restraint installation using the ve hicle seat belts in the rear seat or the front passenger Seat gt SSS0640 Front facing front passenger seat step 2 Front facing Follow these steps to install a front facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat 1 2 If your vehicle is equipped with rear power seat adjustment adjust the rear outboard seats to the uplight and re armost position Do not move the rear outboard seats with the child restraints attached to them If you must install a child restraint in 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system the front seat it should be placed ina front facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child re straints for infants must be used
296. motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and ad just the seat belt properly 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front seat Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the re tractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until it clicks e The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion will permit the belt to move and allow you some freedom of movement in the seat e If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull Rear seat the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor Front seat 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Make sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger and rear seat belts have a locking mechanism for child re straint installation It is referred to as the automatic locking mode or child restraint mode When the automatic locking mechanism is SSS0291A Rear seat activated the seat belt cannot be ex tended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully re tracted Once retracted the seat belt is in the emergency locking mode For addi
297. mpt to start the engine by pushing AX CAUTION Automatic transmission models cannot be push started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage If needed Roadside Assistance is avail able Please see your Warranty Informa tion Booklet or Roadside Assistance I D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Infor mation Booklet Canada IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS 4X WARNING e Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire e To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious in jury e Do not open the hood if steam is coming out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the selector lever to P Park Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the climate control Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 If engine overheating is caused by climbing a long hill on a hot day run the engine at a fast idle approxi mately 1 500 rpm until the tempera ture gauge indica
298. n Tam pering with the pre tensioner seat belt system may result in serious personal injury e Work around and on the pre tensioner system should be done by an INFINITI dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by an INFINITI dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pre tensioner seat belt system e If you need to dispose of the pre tensioner or scrap the vehicle contact an INFINITI dealer Correct pre tensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual In correct disposal procedures could cause personal injury The front seat pre tensioner seat belt sys tem activates in conjunction with the supplemental air bag systems Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle be comes involved in certain types of colli sions helping to restrain front seat occu pants The pre tensioner is encased with the seat belt s retractor These seat belts are used the same as conventional seat belts Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 When the pre tensioner seat belt acti vates smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is not harmful but care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condi tion should get fresh air promptly If any abnormality occurs in the pre t
299. n a disc is playing the next disc will be selected DVD if so equipped e Pushing DOWN rear front A shorter 66 VY UP Next track chapter or the beginning of the current track chapter e Pushing DOWN rear front A longer 66 VY UP Next group title or the beginning of the current group title ON OFF switch With the ignition switch pushed to the ACC or ON position push the ON OFF switch to turn the audio system ON or OFF Source select switch Push the SRC select switch to change the mode in the sequence of radio PRESET A B C and CD changer If your vehicle is equipped with a DVD drive you can also choose them by pushing the SRC switch When the CD changer is loaded the mode changes to CD changer Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 45 ANTENNA Window antenna The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear window AX CAUTION e Do not place metalized film near the rear window glass or attach any metal parts to it This may cause poor reception or noise e When cleaning the inside of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window antenna Lightly wipe along the antenna with a dampened soft cloth INFINITI MOBILE ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM MES if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with the mobile entertainment system which enables you to play a Digital Versatile Disc DVD pro viding the im
300. n or damage to the screen may result INTERIOR LIGHTS MAP LIGHTS Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on or off Instruments and controls 2 49 REAR PERSONAL LIGHTS Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on or off The hooks for clothes are equipped be side the rear personal lights See Coat hooks earlier in this section 2 50 Instruments and controls INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH The interior light control switch has two positions DOOR and OFF DOOR position While the switch is in the DOOR position a the map lights and rear personal lights will illuminate under the following conditions e ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e doors are unlocked by pushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key or door handle request switch with the ignition switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened and then closed with the ignition switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go off The lights will also turn off after 30 min utes when the lights remain illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming dis charged When the auto interior illumination is set to the OFF position see Vehicle informa tion and settin
301. n switch to the ON po sition and push the SET switch If the main memory has not been stored the indicator light will come on for ap proximately 0 5 seconds When the memory has stored in position the in dicator light will stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds e If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the memory will be canceled In this case reset the de sired position using the previous pro cedure e If optional Intelligent Keys are added to your vehicle the memory storage procedure to switch 1 or 2 and linking Intelligent Key procedure to a stored memory position should be performed again for each Intelligent Key For ad ditional Intelligent Key information see Key Intelligent Key earlier in this section Selecting the memorized position 1 Set the selector lever to the P Park position 2 Push the ignition switch to the ON po sition 3 Push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The driver s seat steering column and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position with the indicator light flashing and then the light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds SYSTEM OPERATION The automatic drive positioner system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions e When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h e When the adjusting switch for the driv ers seat and steering column is turned on while the automatic drive posit
302. n system See Bluetooth hands free phone system earlier in this section and or the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual if so equipped for the method of voicetag registration Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 75 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number one until the problem is resolved Symptom error message Displays COMMAND NOT REC 1 Ensure that the command format is valid see Command list in this section OGNIZED or the system fails to 2 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level interpret the command correctly gt gt gt l P y 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defrost on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized 4 If optional words of the command have been omitted then the command should be tried with these in place The system consistently selects 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by giving the Radio Directory or the wrong voicetag Phone Directory command 2 Replace one of the voicetags being
303. n the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Do not drive with tire chains on paved roads which are clear of snow Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress AX CAUTION e Do not use tire chains on dry roads e Never install tire chains on a T type spare tire as this could damage your ve hicle CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation INFINITI recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the 6 In case of emer gency section for tire replacing proce dures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to the specification at all times It is rec ommended that wheel nuts be tightened to the specification at each tire rotation interval 4X WARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure e Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the T type spare tire or any other small size spare tire in the tire rotation e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 MDI0
304. nal are con verted from analog to digital A D con version per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multises sion ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag information is displayed on the Artist song title 4 32 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems line on the display Windows and Windows Media are registered trademarks and trademarks in the United States of America and other countries of Microsoft Corpora tion of the USA Playback order ROOT FOLDER j FOLDER XI MP3 or WMA SAA1025 Music playback order of the CD with MP3 or WMA is as illustrated above e The folder names of folders not con taining MP3 WMaA files are not shown in the display If there is a file in the top level of the disc Root Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW 1S09660 LEVEL1 IS09660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet Supported file systems
305. nd Loading Information label For Tire and Loading Information label location see Tire and Loading Informa tion label in the index of this manual With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the front wheels and original tire used on the rear wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the two rear original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators ap pear Do not use the spare tire on other ve hicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed AX CAUTION Do not use tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause damage to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught Maintenance and do it yourself 8 45 MEMO 8 46 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Fuel recommendation
306. nd driving 5 25 cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly enough If this occurs the ICC system will sound a warning chime and blink the sys tem display to notify the driver to take necessary action The system will cancel and a warning chime will sound if the speed falls below approximately 20 MPH 32 km h The system will also disengage below the 20 MPH 32 km h cut off speed or over the maximum set speed Refer to Approach warning later in this section The following items are controlled in the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode e When there are no vehicles traveling ahead the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode maintains the speed set by the driver The set speed range is between approximately 25 and 90 MPH 40 and 144 km h e When there is a vehicle traveling ahead the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode adjusts the speed to maintain the distance selected by driver from the vehicle ahead The ad justing speed range is between ap 5 26 Starting and driving proximately 20 MPH 32 km h and up to the set speed e When the vehicle traveling ahead has moved out from its lane of travel the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode accelerates and maintains ve hicle speed up to the set speed The ICC system does not control vehicle Speed or warn you when you approach stationary and slow moving vehicles You must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles
307. nd tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and spe cialty shops Your INFINITI dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the win dows are open 2 Push the ignition switch to the LOCK position 3 Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle 4 Close all doors hood and trunk Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the Intelligent Key door handle request switch power door lock switch or mechanical key 5 Confirm that the security indicator light comes on The security indicator light glows for about 30 seconds and then blinks The system is now armed If during this 30 second time period the door is unlocked or the ignition switch is pushed to ACC or ON the system will not be armed Even when the driver and or passengers are in the vehicle the system will activate with all doors hood and trunk lid locked with the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion When pushing the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position the system will be released Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm e The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently e The alarm automatically turns off after approximately 1 minute However the alar
308. ndicator appears push the push button ignition switch while lightly turning the steering wheel right and left 4 Intelligent Key insertion indicator This indicator appears when the Intelli gent Key needs to be inserted into the In telligent Key port For example the Intel ligent Key battery is discharged If this indicator appears insert the Intelli gent Key into the Intelligent Key port in the correct direction See Push button ig nition switch in the 5 Starting and driv ing section 5 Intelligent Key removal indicator This indicator appears when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the LOCK position and the Intelligent Key placed in the Intelligent Key port A key reminder chime also sounds If this indicator appears remove the Intel ligent Key from the Intelligent Key port and take it with you when leaving the ve hicle 6 NO KEY warning This warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position If this warning appears make sure the In telligent Key is returned to the inside of the vehicle When all the doors are closed an outside chime and inside warning chime will also sound See Intelligent Key system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjust ments section 7 SHIFT P warning This warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed to stop the engine wi
309. ne not running the ignition switch should be pushed to the ACC posi tion Radio reception is affected by station sig nal strength distance from radio trans mitter buildings bridges mountains and other external influences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the ve hicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your INFINITI radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance radio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the quality of that recep tion However there are some general charac teristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality ina moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These characteristics are completely normal in a given recep tion area and do not indicate any mal function in your INFINITI radio system Reception conditions will constantly change because of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and in terference from other vehicles can work against ideal reception Described below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 MAXIMUM SIGNAL DISTANCES aa ae iG F a FM 25 to 30 mile 40 to 48 km AM 60 to 130 mile 97 to 209 km FM radio reception Range FM
310. nents causing them to crack This could affect their appear ance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign substances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged WAXING If you wish to wax your vehicle only use a wax specified for use over clear coats such as Nissan Liquid or Spray Wax because your INFINITI has been finished with the fin est paint and hard clear coats Your INFINITI dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product e Wax your vehicle only after a thorough washing Follow the instructions sup plied with the wax e Do not use a wax containing any abra sives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish e If the surface does not polish easily use a road tar remover and wax again Machine compound or aggressive pol ishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as pos sible from the paint surface to avoid
311. ng in improper operation For HomeLink Universal Transceiver if so equipped see HomeLink Universal Transceiver in the 2 Instruments and controls section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 ao 4 al OUTSIDE MIRRORS 4X WARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments Adjusting outside mirrors The outside mirror control switch is lo cated at the bottom of the instrument panel The outside mirror will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON po sition Move the switch right or left to select the right or left side mirror then adjust using the control switch Defrosting outside mirrors The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear window defroster switch is oper ated Foldable outside mirrors Fold the outside mirror by pushing it to ward the rear of the vehicle Reverse tilt down feature When backing up the vehicle the right or left outside mirror will turn downward au tomatically to provide better rear vis ibility 1 Push the ignition switch to the ON po sition 2 Move the selector lever to the R Re verse position 3 Choose the right or left outside mirror by operat
312. ngine output to help improve vehicle stability e When the VDC system is operating the SLIP indicator in the instrument panel blinks e When only the Traction Control System TCS portion of the VDC system is op erating the SLIP indicator in the in strument panel blinks e If the SLIP indicator blinks the road conditions are slippery Be sure to ad just your speed and driving to these conditions Be sure to drive carefully See SLIP INDICATOR LIGHT and VE HICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF INDICATOR LIGHT in the 2 Instru ments and controls section e Indicator light If a malfunction occurs in the system the SLIP and VDC OFF indicator lights illuminate in the instrument panel As long as these warning lights are illuminated the VDC system func tion is canceled Starting and driving 5 51 The VDC system uses an Active Brake Lim ited Slip ABLS function to improve ve hicle traction The ABLS system works when one of the driving wheels is spin ning on a Slippery surface The ABLS sys tem brakes the spinning wheel which distributes the driving power to the other drive wheel If the vehicle is operated with the VDC system turned off all VDC system and TCS functions will be turned off The ABLS system and ABS will still operate with the VDC system off If the ABLS system or ABS is activated the SLIP indicator light will blink and you may hear a clunk noise and or
313. nition systems e Speak in a natural voice without paus ing between words COMMAND LIST Help command If you are controlling the system by voice commands for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command speak the following command Displaying command lists 1 Push and release the TALK we switch located on the steering wheel i B Destination Street Address EJ Destination Nearby Places B Diale Phone Number gt B Dial lt Voicetag gt B Command List 3 To cancel push TALK SW for 2 secands TypeA A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Please say a command After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to chy Speak Voice command Voice help or Command list Type A and B Voice Commands B To show additional commands say Help Type B 4 Depending on the system version of your vehicle Help may also be ac knoledged In this case Help is indi cated on the screen as illustrated Type B Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 69 button once to return to the pre vious screen e If you want to cancel the command push and hold the TALK amp switch 3 Phone Help for 1 second The message Voice can e Navigation Help celled will be announced 31 Information Help e Speak Wait or Pause to pause the 3 Audio Help Operation Push the TA
314. nitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information Index _ D Sn gt O Illustrated table of contents Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint Instrument PANG cccceccctsscctradsonieconceeoncceseodecessaens 0 8 system SRS tanh ateclednea maine wevsaaeeiaecaneintseseeneeenes 0 2 Meters and SauUSEeS cccececcececcecececcececsccececs 0 9 EXTCMION TOME esia a O 0 3 Engine compar meni ocssssesnaeen 0 10 Exterior real ao a 0 4 VK45DE engine ssssssessesseeseesseoseeseesseeseese 0 10 Passenger compartment eseessseessseressecceseresseecee 0 5 VQ35DE Cngine cccccssecccssscccssccessceeseees 0 11 COCR P I r EE E E eset ecceenetae 0 7 SEATS SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 7 Rear armrest P 1 7 8 LATCH Lower Anchor and Tethers for CHildren System P 1 18 9 Supplemental side impact air bags P 1 36 10 Front armrest P 1 6 11 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 36 1 Top tether strap anchors P 1 20 4 Supplemental curtain side impact air 2 Head restraints P 1 5 bags P 1 36 3 Seat belts P 1 8 5 Seats P 1 2 6 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 44 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT 1 Hood P 3 17 2 Headlight and turn signal Operation P 2 26 B
315. not registered to the system Use the registered Intelligent Key e You do not have an Intelligent Key with you Carry an Intelligent Key with you 10 Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator This indicator appears when the Intelli gent Key battery is running out of power If this indicator appears replace the bat tery with a new one See Intelligent Key battery replacement in the 8 Mainte nance and do it yourself section SECURITY SYSTEMS Your vehicle has two types of security systems as follows e Vehicle security e INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides vi sual and audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors hood or trunk lid when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that acti vates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle compo nents in all situations Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your Intelligent Key s in the vehicle and always lock it when unat tended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas when ever possible Many devices offering additional protec tion such as component locks identifica tion markers a
316. nt adjust the rear outboard seats to the uplight and re armost position Do not move the rear outboard seats with the booster seat attached to them If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direc tion Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions Center position 4 The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit See Head restraint earlier in this section If the head re straint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head re straint when the booster seat is re moved If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Outboard position 5 Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for ad justing the belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for ad justing the belt
317. nt temperatures above O F 18 C VQ35DE engine e API Certification Mark e API grade SG SH Energy Conserving amp Il or API grade SJ SL SM Energy Conserving e ILSAC grade GF 1 GF 2 GF 3 amp GF 4 e SAE 5W 30 viscosity oil is preferred for all ambient temperatures SAE 10W 30 10W 40 viscosity oil may be used for ambient temperatures above O F 18 C See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section for engine oil and oil filter recommendation COLD TIRE PRESSURES See Tire and Loading Information label af fixed to the driver s side center pillar NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURES RECOMMENDATION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the Break in schedule Infor mation found in the 5 Starting and driv ing section of this Owner s Manual Follow these recommendations for the fu ture reliability and economy of your new vehicle Engine oil P 8 13 Meters and gauges P 2 4 Hood release P 3 17 Seat P 1 2 Seat belt P 1 8 Door lock P 3 5 Engine coolant P 8 10 Windshield washer fluid P 8 18 Battery P 8 18 10 Air conditioner P 4 24 Audio system P 4 29 11 Fuel filler door release P 3 20 Fuel recommendation P 9 3 12 Spare tire P 6 4 O MW NAM PWN B
318. nterior No matter what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly posi tioned in the footwell to prevent interfer ence with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and re placed if they become excessively worn Floor mat positioning aid This model includes front floor mat brack ets to act as floor mat positioning aid INFINITI floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The front floor mats have grommet holes in them To install simply position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the floor pan contour Periodically check to make certain that the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry com pletely before using them See Seat belt maintenance in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system section 4X WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing REAR SUNSHADE if so equipped Screen To clean fully extend the rear sunshade screen and clean dust or dirt off using a vacuum cleaner from the inside of the compartment See Rear sunshade in the 2 Instruments and
319. nthesis indicate alternatives one of which must be spoken Words that are optional are shown in brackets Variable items such as phone numbers are indicated in italics with lt gt Phone Help COMMAND ACTION OTHER COMMANDS Phone Redial Redials the phone number last dialed Phone Redial Phone Enter za phone number Enters the phone number given in the command You cah Speak the phone number in several parts After entering the number say Dial Phone Display eh phone screen the same response as pushing and holding the Phone Display Screen Menu Incoming Calls Shows the incoming call history 1 to 5 Phone Incoming Calls Outgoing Calls Shows the outgoing call history 1 to 5 Phone Outgoing Calls Navigation Help if so equipped See the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 71 Information Help COMMAND ACTION OTHER COMMANDS Tire Pressure Displays the Tire Pressure screen Be Fuel Economy Displays the Fuel Economy screen eS Trip Computer Displays the Trip Computer screen Be Maintenance Displays the Maintenance screen Be Radio Help Tune Channel lt 7 to 255 SAT Tunes to the specified SAT radio channel Ree toll aati aE tite S E lt 1 to 255 gt SAT Radio Hel Gives spoken information about the radio voice commands and displays the P list of them 4 72 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems
320. ntrols See automatic climate control ssssssseseessee Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants seesesseossossossosssssesscossesessssssossos Changing engine coolant esssssssesseesseereeess Checking engine coolant level Corrosion protection ssesssosssosseossesseesseosseesse Cruise control s ssesssssssessesescossssoscssosessosessosesso Cruise control Fixed speed cruise control On ICC System ccinenissronai inana Cup TOUTES oo2t ces ocericceasececsavcouutachersancoeeaeuaiat Curtain side impact air bag system See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system ssssseeeeeceeeees D Daytime running light system ccssecceeees Defroster switch Rear window and outside Mirror defroster switch cceccececsscscscsseees 10 2 Door open warning WSN ssc ciccssscecsusecinsesszeecdcsnes 2 13 DIMENSIONS scnnciaecrscsecivnwateuargtiniuieteuaenin 9 8 Dot matrix liquid crystal display 0cc00 2 20 Drive DOMES contestedcsetetacrcencndtusewnsdsedstuwesenmezmncenteds 8 20 Drive positioner siacors near amuiun ene ivisciatucaaens 3 25 Driving All wheel drive AWD safety precautions 5 6 Cold weather driving cscccsseeceseeceeees 5 53 Driving with automatic transmission 5 11 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 DVD player INFINITI mobile entertainment SYSTEM sisicuwesstatectuersarscebinrednscetictasdeccaievsndect
321. o P Park e Be sure the ignition switch is in the LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs e If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts e It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from fuel tank and the bat tery Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid in jury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan The fuel filter or fuel lines should be ser viced by an INFINITI dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off AX CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized com
322. o move the selector lever perform the following procedure 1 Push the ignition switch to the LOCK position 2 Apply the parking brake 5 14 Starting and driving 3 Remove the shift lock cover A using a suitable tool 4 Push down the shift lock as illus trated 5 Push the selector lever button and move the selector lever to N Neutral position while holding down the shift lock 6 Push the ignition switch to the ON po sition to unlock the steering wheel Now the vehicle may be moved to the desired location If the battery is discharged completely the steering wheel cannot be unlocked Do not move the vehicle with the steering wheel locked If the lever cannot be moved out of P Park have an INFINITI dealer check the automatic transmission system as soon as possible PARKING BRAKE i A SPA2126 To apply Fully depress the parking brake pedal To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Depress the parking brake pedal and the parking brake will be released 3 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out 4X WARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged Do not leave children unattended in a ve
323. o provide the Toll Free Number to call for assistance Roadside Assistance is provided 24 hours a day 365 days a year for 4 years from the date sold to give emergency roadside help in the event of mechanical or nonmechanical trouble s such as flat tires out of gas dead battery lost keys mechanical breakdown accident etc 6 2 In case of emergency FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The system also displays pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display by sending a signal from a sensor that is in stalled in each wheel If the vehicle is be ing driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light in the meter panel or the LOW PRESSURE infor mation screen on the display This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details refer to Warning indicator lights and audible re minders in the 2 Instruments and con trols section and Tire pressure monitor ing system TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section 4X WARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illu minates or LOW PRESSURE information is displayed on
324. o the auxiliary input jacks Menu DVD VIDEO Some menus specific to each disc will be shown For details see the instructions attached to the disc Top Menu DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO Each title menu in the disc will be shown For details see the instructions attached to the disc pt TitleSearch C 1 Jti Mews e Doa Ca l E owm e N 7 s O O Settings front DVD VIDEO Audio DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO VIDEO CD Subtitle DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO Choose the preferred language using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER EDO button To turn off the subtitle push and hold the ENTER mm button until a beep sounds DVD 01 001 00 01 11 WIDE A skip PAUSE SKIP D E STOP SKIP Settings rear DVD VIDEO Surround Information DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO VIDEO CD CD DA Models equipped with BOSE Surround Sound System Select the Surround Information key and push the ENTER eTa button The surround information screen will appear Push the BACK button to return to the previous screen Display Mode DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO VIDEO CD Choose from the Full Wide Normal or Cinema mode using the INFINITI con 1 004 00 12 24 WIDE Settings rear DVD VIDEO troller and push the ENTER mR button again Angle DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO If the DVD contains different angles such as moving
325. o turn momentarily in the oppo site direction and then change to the same direction as the front wheels At low speeds the rear wheels will not turn and the system functions as a two wheel steering system If a malfunction occurs in the system the Rear Active Steer function will stop but the ordinary two wheel steering system will operate normally The RAS warning light will illuminate If the light illuminates while you are driv ing contact an INFINITI dealer for repair 4X WARNING The Rear Active Steer system although a so phisticated device cannot prevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques Ultimately the responsi bility for safety of self and others rests in the hands of the driver Therefore only through attentive and careful driving methods can the Rear Active Steer system be fully appre ciated and safety assured COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply deicer or glycerin to it through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole ANTIFREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the temperature will drop below 32 F 0 C check antifreeze to assure proper winter protection For additional informa tion see Engine cooling system in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely co
326. obtain proper seat belt fit INFINITI recommends that a child be placed in a commercially available booster seat if the shoulder belt in the child s seating position fits close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdomen The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly posi tioned across the top middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Fed eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat 4X WARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or sudden stop PREGNANT WOMEN INFINITI recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist and place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific rec ommendations INJURED PERSONS I
327. of the radiator The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat wind direction and other driving condi tions The display may differ from the ac tual ambient temperature or the tempera ture displayed on various signs or bill boards ioe ee iat im BES me 1 Auto button 2 Fan speed control button 3 Temperature control button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 27 REAR CONTROL SWITCHES FOR TEMPERATURE if so equipped The rear seat passengers can adjust the climate control system using the climate controls in the rear armrest panel AUTO button automatic climate control mode on 13 99 button Fan speed control up Max fan speed return to Low fan speed A ss TEMP al up down OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds This is not a malfunction After the coolant tempera ture warms up air will flow normally from the foot outlets button Temperature control 4 SIC2768 The sunload sensor A on the instrument panel helps maintain a constant tempera ture Do not put anything on or around this sensor IN CABIN MICROFILTER The climate control system is equipped with an in cabin microfilter which collects dirt pollen dust etc To make sure the air conditioner heats defogs and venti lates efficiently replace the filt
328. ognition push and release the TALK switch lo cated on the steering wheel Then speak the command for the system you wish to activate The command given is picked up by the microphone and it is performed when it is properly recognized At this time INFINITI Voice Recognition will pro vide a voice and message in the center display to inform you of the command re sults USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position INFINITI Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the TALK we switch is pushed before the initial ization completes the display will show the message Phonetic data down loaded Please wait Operating tips To get the best performance out of INFINITI Voice Recognition observe the following e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly e When the climate control is in the AUTO mode the fan speed de creases automatically for easy recog nition e Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received prop erly e Start speaking a command within 8 seconds after the tone sounds 4 68 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recog
329. old the button more than 5 seconds For details about display clock adjustment if so equipped see How to use SETTING button in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section POWER OUTLET Model with DVD drive Power outlet is located on the back of the center console Model with DVD drive or in the center console Model without DVD drive 4X CAUTION e The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use e Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Instruments and controls 2 37 Model without DVD drive Use power outlet with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlet when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may blow 2 38 Instruments and controls Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water to contact the outlet CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND ASHTRAYS FRONT To open the ashtray lid push the lid down and release it A The cigarette lighter operates when the
330. olts that hold the undercover in place Be careful not to strip the bolts or over tighten them Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground Dispose of waste oil and filter prop erly 4X WARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID When checking or replacement is re quired we recommend an INFINITI dealer for servicing 4X CAUTION e Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF Do not mix with other fluids e Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic trans mission which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty The specified automatic transmission fluid is also described on caution labels located on the flip side of the hood POWER STEERING FLUID BRAKE FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genu ine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line 4 If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by an HOT MAX Ruy INFINITI dealer T wit HOT MINT Sie J COLD MAX a
331. olumn and outside mirrors to the de sired positions by manually operating 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments each adjusting switch For additional information see Seats in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system sec tion and Tilting telescopic steering column and Outside mirrors earlier in this section Push the SET switch and within 5 sec onds push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will come on and stay on for approximately 5 seconds after pushing the switch After the indicator light goes off the selected positions are stored in the selected memory 1 or 2 If memory is stored in the same memory switch the previous memory will be deleted Procedure for storing the outside mirror positions for best visibility at reverse tilt down feature Two outside mirror positions for backing up can be stored in the automatic drive positioner memory Apply the parking brake Push the ignition switch to the ON po sition Do not start the engine Push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second to operate the au tomatic drive positioner Turn the outside mirror control switch to L left Depress the brake pedal Move the automatic transmission se lector lever to R Reverse Adjust the mirror to the desired viewing position for backing up by op erating the outside mir
332. om transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or 4 30 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms elec trical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights Satellite radio reception When the satellite radio if so equipped is first installed or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data The satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscrip tion is active Satellite radio is not avail able in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Satellite radio performance may be af fected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo near the sat ellite antenna COMPACT DIGITAL AUDIO A of Mh j Compact Disc CD player Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer During cold weather or rainy days the player may
333. omeLink Uni versal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HomeLink To program your HomeLink Transceiver to operate a garage door gate or entry door opener home or office lighting you need to be at the same location as the device Note Garage door openers manu factured after 1996 have rolling code protection To program a garage door opener equipped with rolling code pro tection you will need to use a ladder to get up to the garage door opener motor to be able to access the smart or learn program button l To begin push and hold the 2 outer HomeLink buttons to clear the memory until the indicator light blinks after 20 seconds Release both buttons Position the end of the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches away from the HomeLink surface 3 Using both hands simultaneously push and hold both the HomeLink button you want to program and the hand held transmitter button DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed Hold down both buttons until the indi cator light on HomeLink flashes changing from a slow blink to a rapid blink This could take up to 90 seconds When the indicator light blinks rapidly both buttons may be released The rapidly flashing light in dicates successful programming To activate the garage door or other pro grammed device push and hold the programmed HomeLink button re leasing when the device begins to ac tivate 5 I
334. on trol the intake air push the intake air control button 8 gt lt gt To return to the automatic control mode push the in take air control button A gt lt amp gt for about 2 seconds The indicator lights both air recirculation and outside air cir culation sides will flash twice and then the intake air will be controlled automati cally Air flow control Pushing the MODE manual air flow con trol button selects the air outlet to j Air flows from center and side ventilators wv Air flows from center and side ventilators and foot outlets Air flows mainly from foot outlets ay Air flows from defroster and foot outlets Automatic upper vent system When the F automatic upper vent button is pushed the air flow against the drivers or passengers upper body be comes gentle The indicator light on the button will come on In this mode air from the center ventila tors flows both straight and upward in or der to control the cabin temperature with out blowing air directly on the occupants Distribution between straight and upward flows will be determined automatically by the A C unit If you want strong air flow against your upper body push the ZF button to turn the indicator light off To turn the system off Push the OFF button AMBIENT TEMPERATURE The ambient temperature will be dis played The ambient temperature sensor is lo cated in front
335. on Push the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIL comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a not ready condition drive the vehicle through the following pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition If you cannot or do not want to perform the driving pattern an INFINITI dealer can conduct it for you 4X WARNING Always drive the vehicle in a safe and pru dent manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws 1 Start the engine Allow the engine to idle until the engine coolant tempera ture gauge needle points between the C and H normal operating tempera ture 2 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h then quickly release the accel erator pedal completely and keep it re leased for at least 10 seconds 3 Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a moment then drive the vehicle at a speed of 53 to 60 MPH 86 to 96 km h for at least 9 minutes 4 Stop the vehicle Leave the engine running 5 Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH 55 km h and maintain the speed for 20 seconds Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 10 times Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h and maintain the speed for at least 3 minutes 8 Stop the v
336. on parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts often show premature wear rust and corrosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from authorizing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help protect you so you can take action to protect yourself It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www infiniti com for U S customers or www infiniti ca for Canadian customers Technical and consumer information 9 21 MEMO 9 22 Technical and consumer information 10 Index A ABS Anti lock brake system ccccsssssseeees 5 50 Adaptive Front lighting System 0c00 2 29 Air bag system Front passenger air bag and status light 1 44 Side and curtain See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag SYSTEM aori reee 1 47 Air bag warning labels ssesssssesseessceseesseesseeese 1 50 Air bag warning light essesseesseessceseesseess 1 50 2 16 Air cleaner housing filter essesseseeesseosecessessee 8 22 Air conditioner Air conditioner Service eesssessssessceseeseeees 4 28 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations 4 28 9 6 Au
337. on cannot be switched to LOCK until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position Starting and driving 5 7 When the ignition switch cannot be pushed toward the LOCK position pro ceed as follows 1 Move the selector lever into the P po sition 2 Push the ignition switch The ignition switch position will change to the ON position 3 Push the ignition switch again to the LOCK position The selector lever can be moved from the P position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a right or left turn from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel push the igni tion switch to the LOCK position To unlock the steering wheel push the ignition switch while slightly turning the steering wheel right and left If the battery of the vehicle is discharged the push button ignition switch cannot be turned from the LOCK position Some indicators and warnings for opera tion are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display in the tachometer See Dot matrix liquid crystal display in the 2 Instruments and controls section 5 8 Starting and driving PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position The ignition switch can only be locked in this position The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while car rying t
338. on sensor and seat belt sensors are designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as re quired by regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the au tomatic locking mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See Child restraints earlier in this sec tion for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occu pied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the occupant classifi cation sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front pas senger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front passenger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passenger air bag status light is illumi nated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adu
339. ont pas senger seat exits the vehicle the passen ger air bag status light will change from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction If a malfunction occurs in the front pas senger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light a located in the meter and gauges area will blink Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer Other supplemental front air bag precautions 4X WARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may be come dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental front air bag inflates e Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspen sion system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the supplemental air bag system may result in serious p
340. ools Ay LAB SCE0638 Remove jacking tools and spare tire from the storage area located inside the trunk as illustrated Raise the trunk floor cover A using the handle a then hang it on the edge of the trunk opening 2 Remove the cap G holding the spare tire Jacking up the vehicle and removing the damaged tire for vehicles with limited slip differen tials A WARNING e Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack e Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is neces Carefully read the caution label attached sary to work under the vehicle support it to the jack body and the following instruc with safety stands tions e Use only the jack provided with your ve hicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change i Place the Jack up point jack directly under the e Use the correct jack up points Never jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the th rt of the vehicle for jack use any other part of the venicte ror jac jack up point Align the jack head be ERRON tween the two notches in the front or e Never jack up the vehicle more than nec the rear as shown Also fit the groove essary of the jack head between the notches as shown PE Never uce Dlo Sc or undenthe jack The jack should be u
341. or Canadian models the speed is displayed in km h 2 Vehicle ahead detection indicator Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front of you Starting and driving 5 29 3 MAIN switch indicator light Green Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON 4 Indicates your vehicle Set distance indicator Displays the selected distance be tween vehicles set with the DISTANCE switch 6 Intelligent Cruise Control system warning light Orange CRUISE CRUISE The light comes on if there is a mal function in the ICC system When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the indicators come on as il lustrated to check for a burned out bulb and it turns off when the engine is started 5 30 Starting and driving Operating vehicle to vehicle distance control mode To turn on the cruise control quickly push and release the MAIN switch on The cruise indicator light set distance indica tor and set vehicle speed indicator come on and in a Standby state for setting pace C j SEY CRUISE ON OFF To set cruising speed accelerate your ve hicle to the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it Vehicle ahead detection indicator set distance in dicator and set vehicle speed indicator come on Take your foot off the accelera tor pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed The Intelligent Cruise Control system can not be set under the following conditions even if the SET COAST switch
342. ose not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not install a deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning e The use of retread tire is not recom mended e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet 4X CAUTION Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or ra dial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumfer ence difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission transfer case and differential gears AWD models Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance There fore they should be balanced as re quired Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to transmission damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Informa tion US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the INFINITI Warranty Informa tion Booklet Care of wheels e Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain th
343. ove box lid release button P 2 41 16 Bluetooth in vehicle phone module P 4 60 DVD drive for naviga 5510091 tion system if so equipped 17 Trunk release power cancel switch 1 Side ventilator P 4 23 5 Hazard warning flasher switch P 3 19 2 Meters and gauges P 2 4 P 2 32 3 Center ventilator P 4 23 6 Automatic climate control system P 4 24 4 Security indicator light P 2 24 7 Center multi function control panel Instruments and controls 2 3 METERS AND GAUGES The needle indicators in the speedom eter tachometer engine coolant tem perature gauge and fuel gauge may move slightly after the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position This is not a malfunction TRIP R SET 1 Engine coolant temperature gauge 6 Meter illumination control knob 2 Tachometer 7 Dot matrix liquid crystal display 3 Warning indicator lights 8 Odometer twin trip odometer 4 Speedometer 9 Change reset knob for twin trip 5 Fuel gauge odometer 2 4 Instruments and controls SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed Odometer twin trip odometer The odometer O and twin trip odometer 2 are displayed when the ignition switch is in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the dis tance of individual trips Changing the display Pushing the TRIP RESET knob 3 changes the di
344. ovides lower back support Push the front O or back 2 end of the switch to adjust the seat lumbar area REAR SEATS Rear power seat adjustment if so equipped Forward and backward Push the front 4 or back 2 end of the switch to move the rear outboard seats forward or backward The seats move con tinuously while the switch is being pushed 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Entry exit assist automatic return Pushing the ON side 4 of the switch lo cated on the rear center armrest the au tomatic return function will activate When a rear door is opened the rear seat of the corresponding side automatically Slides all the way back facilitating ease of entry and exit Pushing the CANCEL side 2 of the switch will deactivate the automatic return func tion HEAD RESTRAINT 4X WARNING Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injury in an accident Do not remove them Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat SSS0228A Adjustment Adjust the head restraint so the center is level with the center of your ears To raise the head restraint pull it up To lower push the lock knob O and push the head restraint down To adjust the head restraint angle 2 push it in the direction required front seat head restraints Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 Act
345. parture Warning LDW system indica tor light Orange if so equipped Z Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Slip indicator light Turn signal hazard indicator lights lt J Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light g Uo Go gt A gt te If any light does not come on it may indi cate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer Instruments and controls 2 11 WARNING LIGHTS All Wheel Drive AWD warning light AWD models The awp warning light comes on when the ignition switch is pushed to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If the AWD system malfunctions or the di ameter of the front and the rear wheels are different the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink See All Wheel Drive AWD in the 5 Starting and driving section 4X CAUTION e If the warning light comes on while driving there may bea malfunction in the AWD system Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible e If the AWD warning light blinks on when you are driving blinks rapidly about twice a second Pull off the road in a safe area and 2 12 Instruments and controls idle the engine The driving mode will change to 2WD to prevent the AWD system from malfunctioning If the warning light turns off you can drive again blinks slowly about once eve
346. pedal To turn on the cruise control push the MAIN switch on The CRUISE indicator light will come on To set cruising speed accelerate your ve Starting and driving 5 19 hicle to the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it The CRUISE SET indicator will come on in the instrument panel Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will main tain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the accelerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this happens drive without the cruise con trol To cancel the preset speed follow any of these methods a Push the CANCEL button The SET indi cator will go out b Tap the brake pedal The SET indicator will go out c Move the selector lever to the N Neu tral position The SET indicator will go out d Turn the MAIN switch off Both the CRUISE indicator and SET indicator will go out e If you depress the brake pedal while 5 20 Starting and driving pushing the RESUME ACCELERATE or SET COAST switch and reset at the cruising speed the cruise control will disengage Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turn it on again e The cruise control will automatically cancel if the vehicle slows more than 8 MPH 12 km h below the set speed To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods
347. per cables in the se re as illustrated 4 G 4 If the battery is disconnected or dis charged the steering wheel will lock and cannot be turned Supply power using jumper cables before pushing the ignition switch and disengaging the steering lock In case of emergency 6 9 AX CAUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery e Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that clamps do not contact any other metal 6 Start the engine of the booster vehicle a and let it run for a few minutes 7 Keep the engine speed of the booster vehicle A at about 2 000 rpm and start your engine of the jumped ve hicle in the normal manner AX CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away push the ignition switch to the LOCK position and wait 10 seconds be fore trying again 6 10 In case of emergency 8 After starting your engine carefully disconnect the negative cable and then the positive cable G G O 9 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be con taminated with corrosive acid 10 Put the battery cover and the engine compartment cover on PUSH STARTING Do not atte
348. placement in the 8 Mainte nance and do it yourself section 4X CAUTION Never place anything except the Intelli gent Key in the Intelligent Key port Doing so may cause damage to the equipment Make sure the Intelligent Key is in the correct direction when inserting it to the Intelligent Key port The engine may not start if it is in the wrong direction Remove the Intelligent Key from the In telligent Key port after the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position Do not pull out the Intelligent Key from the Intelligent Key port until the Intelli gent Key is ejected to the removal posi tion BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Make sure the periodical maintenance is being performed Make sure all windows and lights are clean Make sure of the proper inflation of tires and their conditions Make sure to lock all doors Make sure to adjust seats and head restraints Make sure to adjust inside and out side mirrors Make sure to fasten seat belts and di rect all passengers to do likewise Make sure to check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position Starting and driving 5 9 STARTING THE ENGINE Apply the parking brake Move the selector lever to P Park or N Neutral P preferred The starter is designed so that the starter does not operate unless the se lector lever is in either one of the
349. please visit www infiniti com bluetooth for troubleshooting help e Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc e The antenna display on the monitor will not coincide with the antenna dis play of some cellular phones This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 4 62 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation FCC Radiation Exposure Statement This equipment complies with FCC radia tion exposure limits set forth for an un controlled environment This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 8 inch 20 cm be tween the radiator and your body This Transmitter must not be co located or op erating in conjunction with any other an tenna or transmitter Phone Incoming voi SNNNMNNNNNECOCC a eertvennor gt Bluetooth Setup A OE Bluetooth Handsfree oo Settings gt Pair Phone Please start pairing from your Phone Outgoing Vol Ii Z Jol mnn Son Ji tse verse ingore e i Se a ij ameu BE i renen OSSSCS iS Jo ewon U E PAIRING PROCEDURE Ei E E The pairing procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cel 1
350. pment could damage your ve hicle Towing instructions are available from an INFINITI dealer Local service op erators will generally be familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your ve hicle INFINITI recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions 4X WARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck 6 12 In case of emergency 4X CAUTION e When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and power train are in working condition If any unit is damaged dollies must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual If needed Roadside Assistance is avail able Please see your Warranty Informa tion Booklet or Roadside Assistance I D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Infor mation Booklet Canada e When towing rear wheel drive models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and se cure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a
351. ponent while the ignition switch is in the ON position Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component har nesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position Avoid direct contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed en gine oil and coolant and or other ve hicle fluids can damage the environ ment Always conform to local regula tions for disposal of vehicle fluid Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 This 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for most owners to perform A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is also available See Owner s Manual Service Manual order information in the 9 Technical and consumer information section You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in oper ating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect your warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing we recom mend that it be done by an INFINITI dealer 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS VK45DE ENGINE To remove the engine compartment cover unhook the clips located as illustrated Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 OC ANRWN gt Fuse fusible link holder 7 Power steering fluid reservoir Battery 8 Radiator filler cap Engine oil filler cap 9 Engine oil dipstick Brake fluid reservoir 10 Air cleane
352. ps If the teme lamp does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer SPA1428B The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Turn the cap counterclockwise to remove To tighten turn the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder a while refueling Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 TILTING TELESCOPIC STEERING COLUMN 4X WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort The driver s air bag inflates with great force If you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of posi tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it in flates Always sit back against the seat back and as far away as practical from the steering wheel Always use the seat belts 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments TILT OR TELESCOPIC OPERATION Move the lever to adjust the steering wheel up or down forward or rearward to the desired position Entry Exit function The automatic drive positioner system will make the steering wheel move up automatically when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the LOCK
353. push the ENTER em Ke button and choose YES if you want to return all settings to default Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 REARVIEW MONITOR if so equipped When the selector lever is shifted into the R Reverse position the monitor display shows view to the rear of the vehicle The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle The system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect ob jects close to the bumper or on the ground 4X WARNING e The rear view camera is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper back ing up Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly e Objects viewed in the RearView Monitor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Objects in the RearView Monitor will appear visually opposite than when viewed in the rear view and outside mirrors e Make sure that the trunk is securely closed when backing up Do not put anything on the rear view camera The rear view camera is in stalled above the license plate When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens a malfunction fire or an electric shock Do not strike the camera It is a precision instrument Otherwi
354. r Window washer fluid reservoir Engine coolant reservoir 8 Maintenance and do it yourself VQ35DE ENGINE To remove the engine compartment cover unhook the clips located as illustrated Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 Fuse fusible link holder 7 Power steering fluid reservoir Battery 8 Radiator filler cap Engine oil filler cap 9 Engine oil dipstick Brake fluid reservoir 10 Air cleaner Window washer fluid reservoir Engine coolant reservoir 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a high quality year round anti freeze coolant solution The anti freeze solution contains rust and corro sion inhibitors therefore additional cooling system additives are not neces sary 4X WARNING e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid es caping from the radiator See precau tions in If your vehicle overheats found in the 6 In case of emergency section of this manual e The radiator is equipped with a pressure type radiator cap To prevent engine damage use only a genuine NISSAN ra diator cap fy CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or equivalent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 anti freeze an
355. r s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a child restraint be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of child re straints in your vehicle If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly in creases Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand only those loads im posed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Adjustable seatbacks should be posi tioned to fit the child restraint but as upright as possible After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the seat near the LATCH attachment or by the seat belt path Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the re straint in place The child restraint should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If the restraint is not secure tighten the belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of ve hicles When your child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH System or a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint syste
356. r additional information see Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual AUDIBLE REMINDERS Key reminder chime A chime will sound if the driver side door is opened while the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC position or pushed to the LOCK position with the Intelligent Key left in the Intelligent Key port Make sure the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position and take the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the paz or position and the igni tion switch is pushed to the ACC or LOCK position Turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a brake pad requires re placement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in mo tion and the brake pedal is not depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as pos sible if the warning sound is heard Lane Departure Warning LDW chime if so equipped If the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of a traveling lane with detectable lane markers the LDW system will blink the LDW indicator light and sound a chime Instruments and controls 2 19 DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY RPMx1000 The dot matrix liquid crystal display 4 is located under the tachometer to
357. r flow di rection of ventilators xX Mt This symbol indicates that the vents are closed This symbol indicates that the vents are open Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SECURITY AUTO j OFF i REAR MODE manual air flow control button driver side TEMP temperature control button AUTO automatic climate control ON button ge front defroster button oc Z 99 automatic upper vent system ON OFF button A C air conditioner ON OFF button 9 fan speed increase button TEMP temperature control button 4 24 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A oO Gi FRONT 7 UPPER VENT DH 10 11 12 13 PASSENGER 4 yo TEMP b a eS MODE et available for passenger side when the DUAL mode is on MODE manual air flow control button available for passenger side when the DUAL mode is on Q FF system button for climate control igg rear window defroster button E gt intake air control button DUAL zone control ON OFF button for passenger side temperature and manual air flow mode 14 3 fan speed decrease button 4X WARNING e The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the
358. r is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front Passenger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk of injury if the supplemental front air bag inflates 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0006 4X WARNING e Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dan gerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations e Children may be severely injured or killed when the supplemental front air bags side air bags or curtain side impact air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and chil dren should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible e Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating supplemental front air bag could seri ously injure or kill your child See Child restraints earlier in this section for de tails Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 SSS0140 lt x ON Wwe O O N N N 4X WARNING ide in Si bag Supplemental side air bag and curta tair impac I w 5 o
359. r or leasee in response to a request by law enforcement or as otherwise required or permitted by law 9 20 Technical and consumer information OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is the best source of service and repair informa tion for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrations and step by step diagnostic and adjustment procedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at an INFINITI dealer Also available are genuine INFINITI Owner s Manuals and genuine INFINITI Service and Owner s Manuals for older INFINITI models In the USA For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact Tweddle Litho Company 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com infiniti For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see an INFINITI dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Drive Strongsville OH 44149 1 800 247 5321 For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Owner s Manuals for this model year and prior see an INFINITI dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Drive Strongsville OH 44149 1 800 247 5321 In Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITI Service Manual or Owner s Manual please contact an INFINITI dealer For the phone number and location
360. r pedal effort as well as pedal travel e If the brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at an INFINITI dealer Charge warning light If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging sys tem is not functioning properly Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see an INFINITI dealer immediately 4X CAUTION Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is loose broken or missing Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition switch is in the ON position Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pres sure If the light flickers or comes on dur ing normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call an INFINITI dealer or other autho rized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section Instruments and controls 2 13 AX CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pres sure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as i
361. rcar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify INFINITI by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 662 6200 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST US only A vehicle equipped with All Wheel Drive AWD should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer such as the dyna mometers used by some states for emis sions testing or similar equipment Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Us ing the wrong test equipment may result in transmission damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal in jury Due to legal requirements in some states areas your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the ready condition for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is re paired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready con dition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness conditi
362. re designed to detect if the seat belt is buckled and the amount of tension on the seat belt such as when it is in the auto matic locking mode child restraint mode Based on the weight on the seat detected by the occupant classification sensor and the belt tension detected on the seat belt the advanced air bag system determines whether the front passenger air bag should be automatically turned OFF as re quired by regulations Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined in this manual should not cause the passenger air bag to be auto matically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occu pant takes his her weight off the seat cushion for example by not sitting up right by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF In addition if the occupant improp erly uses the seat belt in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode this could cause the air bag to be turned OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effec tive protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag INFINITI recommends that pre teens and children be properly restrained in a rear seat INFINITI also recommends that ap propriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant clas sificati
363. re can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illu minate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature check the tire pressure for all four tires e You can also check the pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the dis play See Vehicle information and settings in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section For additional information see Low tire pressure warning light in the 2 Instru ments and controls section and Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section 4X WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illu minates or LOW PRESSURE information is displayed on the monitor screen while driving avoid sudden steering maneu vers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after ad justing the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replac
364. recognition systems Settings Rear Display 3 Display B ao Cren G lume and Beeps TOWN HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON The display as illustrated will appear when the SETTING J button is pushed For navigation settings refer to the sepa rate Navigation System Owner s Manual To show the Comfort amp Convenience item push the ignition switch to the ON position A Cree Voice Recagniion A co o Language Units H Comfort amp Convenience i3 Settings gt Rear Display l Rear Opty Open fil Headphone Mode C D If Ji Rear Dipiy a gt a E A O O REAR DISPLAY settings if so equipped The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING 2 button se lecting the Rear Display key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER ENTER Ke button Rear Display Open When this item is turned to ON the rear display opens When the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position the rear display is flipped down automati cally When the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position the rear display is closed automatically if ON is selected The rear display will open or close using the remote controller See INFINITI Mo bile Entertainment System MES later in this section Headphone Mode To allow the use of the wireless head phones originally equipped with the ve hicle turn this item to the ON position For more det
365. rformed on your INFINITI at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day operation They are essential 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself for proper vehicle operation It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly as prescribed These checks or inspections can be done by yourself a qualified technician or if you prefer an INFINITI dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and serviced by an INFINITI dealer INFINITI technicians are well trained spe cialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through tech nical bulletins service tips and in dealership information systems They are completely qualified to work on INFINITI vehicles before work begins You can be confident that an INFINITI dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economic way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be performed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smell be sure to check for the cause or have an INFINITI dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify an INFINITI dealer if you think that repairs are required
366. rn other traffic the low tire pressure warning light will and to signal professional road assis flash Contact your INFINITI dealer as tance personnel that you need assis soon as possible for tire replacement tance and or system resetting 6 Have all passengers get out of the ve Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors hicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle 4X WARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the selector lever is moved into P Park Never change tires when the vehicle is Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instruc tions below on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous In case of emergency 6 3 MCEOOO1A Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks 1 at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally oppo site the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up 4X WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury 6 4 Incase of emergency Jacking tools Conventional a m 9 f j Spare tire Getting the spare tire and t
367. rocedures refer to Towing Recommended by INFINITI in the 6 In case of emergency section of this manual Automatic transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with an auto matic transmission an appropriate ve hicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recom mendations when using their product UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department Of Transportation Qual ity Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where appli cable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rat ing based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires de pends upon actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under control
368. ront facing step 7 7 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rear ward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point rear seat in Stallation only See Top tether strap child restraint in this section Do not install child restraints equipped with a top tether strap to seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor Front facing ste p9 9 Before placing the child in the child restraint hold the child restraint near the seat belt path and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If it does move more than 1 in 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child re straint If you are unable to properly secure the restraint move the re straint to another seating position and try again or try a different child re 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system straint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Check that the retractor is in the auto matic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt
369. ror control switch Push the SET switch and within 5 sec onds push the memory switch 1 or 2 selected in step 3 fully for at least 1 second The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will come on and stay on for approximately 5 seconds after pushing the switch After the indicator light goes off the selected mirror po sition is stored in the selected memory 1 or 2 Turn the outside mirror control switch to R right Repeat the above procedure to adjust the right mirror position and store in the selected memory e When the drivers seat outside mirror and steering column are not in the memorized position the outside mirror will move with the initial tilt down angle if the reverse tilt down position is stored Linking Intelligent Key to a stored memory position The Intelligent Key can be linked to a stored memory position with the following procedure 1 Follow the steps for storing a memory position 2 While the indicator light for the memory switch being set is illumi nated for 5 seconds push the mq button on the Intelligent Key The indicator light will blink After the indi cator light goes off the Intelligent Key is linked to that memory setting Push the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion and press the p button on the In telligent Key The driver s seat steering wheel and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position Confirming memory storage e Push the ignitio
370. routing Front seat Follow the warnings cautions and in structions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the Three point seat belt with retractor earlier in this sec tion Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 PASS AIR BAG OFF e F 8 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat push the igni tion switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light oe may or may not illuminate de pending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used See Front passenger air bag and status light in this section SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS section contains important information concerning the driver and passenger front impact supplemental air bags INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System front seat side impact supplemental air bags cur tain side impact air bags and front seat pre tensioner seat belts Supplemental front air bag system The INFINITI advanced air bag system can help cushion the impact force to the face and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Supplemental side air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvis area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The front seat side impact supplemental air bags are designed to in flate on the s
371. ry 2 sec onds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn e If the warning light is still on after the above operations have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible or Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON po sition the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is operational If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock funcition is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance See Brake system in the 5 Starting and driving section AT Sps Automatic transmission check warning light When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the light comes on for 2 sec onds If the light comes on at any other time it may indicate the transmission is not functioning properly Have your INFINITI dealer check and repair the trans mission or Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is in the ON po sition the light comes on when the park
372. s 4 59 Cargo See vehicle loading information 2 44 Cargo TIGL scvcncssnuceceoncsatsosessiynadsocesivnadcovestaneeseiees 2 44 Catalytic converter Three way catalyst 5 3 Center multi function control panel 006 4 2 CD care and ClOAniihS saicssassstacsavaicecaisavacassdcaavads 4 42 Child restraints csaprectunictecaucyateranduchdsvensieshoriisaives 1 16 Booster seats sssessesessssesessessoseeseseseosessos 1 32 Top tether strap ssessssesssseesssecssseessseesssee 1 20 Child safety s essseessseesseeeoseeceseecesseossseessseosssee 1 10 Child safety rear door lOCK e ssesssseessseessseessseeess 3 7 Chimes Audible reminders sessssesseeesseeesseeessseesss 2 19 Seat belt warning light and chime 2 16 Cigarette lighter and ashtrayS cssseccceees Circuit breaker Fusible link cccescceesseees Cleaning exterior and interior 00c00 7 2 Climate control Automatic climate control Climate controlled seats Front seats UOC Ne casacavpasesbaaai das canines e EAE SETERS Coat hooks sseseesenseoseossossossssesssossossessessssseoseo COCKDIC ereer E E r Cold weather driving essssesssesseeseseseceseesseeseee Compact Disc CD changer See audio SYSTEM seriei N COMDaSS cc sarecratuncceieetasrsanetseardtasanversenneane Console bOX sesssesesssossossessessesscoseosessesseossoseosso Controls Heater and air conditioner co
373. s in the ACC or ON position 2 Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door is open 3 Doors will not lock by pushing the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with another registered Intelli gent Key Unlocking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the driver s or front passenger s door handle request switch once while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 2 The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once The corre sponding door and the fuel filler door will unlock 3 Push the door handle request switch again within 5 seconds or within 60 seconds for some models 4 The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once again All the doors will unlock Any door should be opened within 1 minute after the door is unlocked Other wise all the doors will be locked again automatically Opening trunk lid 1 Push the trunk open request switch a for more than 1 second 2 The trunk will unlatch An outside chime will sound four times 3 Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked in the trunk lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key system When the trunk lid is closed with the In telligent Key inside the trunk the outside buzzer will sound and the trunk
374. s on if there is a malfunction in the cruise control system 5 40 Starting and driving Operating conventional fixed speed cruise control mode To turn on the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode push and hold the MAIN switch a for longer than about 1 5 seconds When pushing the MAIN switch on the In telligent Cruise Control system display and the CRUISE indicator light Green in the instrument cluster come on After you hold the MAIN switch on for longer than about 1 5 seconds the Intelligent Cruise Control system display goes out The CRUISE indicator stays lit You can now set your desired cruising speed Pushing the MAIN switch again will turn the system completely off When the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position the system is also auto matically turned off To use the Intelligent Cruise Control again quickly push and re lease the MAIN switch vehicle to vehicle distance control mode or push and hold it conventional cruise control mode again to turn it on AX CAUTION To avoid accidentally engaging cruise con trol make sure to turn the ON OFF switch off when not using the Intelligent Cruise Con trol pace ag Tana CRUISE set D CRUISE ON OFF To set cruising speed accelerate your ve hicle to the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it The CRUISE SET indicator will come on in the display Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle w
375. se it may malfunc tion or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock AX CAUTION There is a plastic cover over the camera Do not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or snow from the cover 4 20 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with refer ence to the bumper line Q are displayed on the monitor They are indicated as reference distances to objects Displayed lines indicate dis tances 1 5 feet red 1 3 feet yellow 7 feet green G and 10 feet green 0 5 m red 1 m yellow 2 m green and 3 m green from the lower part of the bumper line a When the steering wheel is turned with the selector lever in the R Reverse posi tion the predicted course line 8 is dis played on the monitor HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTED COURSE LINES 4X WARNING e Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly e Use the displayed lines as a reference The lines are highly affected by the num ber of occupants fuel level vehicle posi tion road condition and road grade e If the tires are replaced with different sized tires the predicted course line may be displayed incorrectly e On a snow covered or slippery road there may be a difference between the predicted course line and the actual course line e If the battery is
376. se in structions to set the variance for your par ticular location if this happens 1 Push the switch for more than 3 seconds The current zone number will appear in the display 2 Find your current location and vari ance number on the zone map 3 Push the switch repeatedly until the new zone number appears in the display then release the switch After you release the switch the display will show a compass direction within a few seconds e If the compass deviates from the cor rect indication soon after repeated ad justment have the compass checked at an INFINITI dealer e The compass may not indicate the cor rect compass point in tunnels or while driving up or down a steep hill The compass returns to the correct SIC0611B compass point when the vehicle Zone map Instruments and controls 2 9 moves to an area where the geomag netism is stabilized AX CAUTION e Do not install a ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the op eration of the compass e When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as it may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mir ror housing 2 10 Instruments and controls WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS All Wheel Drive AWD warning light AWD models Automatic transmission check warning
377. seconds while the LDW system ON indicator is off See Lane departure warning LDW system in the 5 Starting and driving section Instruments and controls 2 35 SNOW MODE SWITCH if so equipped VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See Vehicle dynamic control VDC system in the 5 Starting and driving section For driving or starting the vehicle on The vehicle should be driven with the Ve snowy roads or slippery areas turn on hicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for the SNOW mode switch The indicator most driving conditions light on the switch will illuminate When oa the SNOW mode is activated engine If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the output is controlled to avoid wheel spin VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is de pressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The indicator will illumi nate 2 36 Instruments and controls CLOCK If the power supply is disconnected the clock will not indicate the correct time Re adjust the time ADJUSTING THE TIME 1 To set the clock forward push the button 1 2 To set the clock backward push the button 2 3 To move forward or backward faster push and h
378. sed on level firm e Do not start or run the engine while ve ground hicle is on the jack as it may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true In case of emergency 6 5 2 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as shown above Re move the wheel nuts and then re move the tire 6 6 Incase of emergency Installing the spare tire The T type spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence as illustrated 1 G3 until they are tight Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence as illus trated Lower the vehicle completely 4X WARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tight ened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil
379. serienr NE 3 22 MENOT aera EAEE E SA 3 23 Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 23 Outside Mirrors asosdesesoveceeeenotesscenseeseasecieenns 3 24 Automatic drive positioner sssssesssessoessossso 3 25 Entry exit function ssssseseseeseseesesseseesesce 3 25 Memory storage sssecscccseccccsosssesescsecceoo 3 26 System operation ssssesssoesssooesssssessssessose 3 27 KEYS INTELLIGENT KEY The Intelligent Key uses coded radio sig nals to communicate with the vehicle When the Intelligent Key is near the ve hicle such as in your pocket or bag it al lows the vehicle to be locked unlocked or started It is also possible to use the remote control entry function 4X CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you Do not leave the vehicle with the Intelli gent Key inside The Intelligent Key may not function correctly depending on the environ ment or operating conditions It could also malfunction if you do not use it correctly The Intelligent Key transmits faint radio waves In the following situations the Intelli gent Key and remote control entry func tions may not operate correctly and you may have to use the mechanical key or wallet key if so equipped 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments when there are strong signals coming from a television tower power station or broadcasting sta tion when you have wireless equipment or a cellular phone with
380. sessseos 6 8 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push starting ssesseessessesseseeseessesscoseesceseeee 6 10 Starting the CH SINC iisseacascccaeccassccaoseceoeecaes 5 10 Status light Front passenger air bag 1 44 Steering Power Steering fluid cccceseeceseeceeees 8 17 Power Steering system ccseccsssccessceees 5 46 Tilting telescopic steering column 3 22 Steering wheel mounted controls for QUO escien s 4 43 StOTAZe sessesesseeeeseoscscoroscoscscoscscoscseoscssoseseosesee 2 39 SUN VISOTS eser endosar eree E AGTE iD eG Trei TERETE 3 22 Sunglasses holder ssseessesseesererssessceseesseesseees 2 41 SUING OF arrossit Eense Enan EE EEEREN NETE 2 46 Automatic Sunroof sessseessesesseeessecessseessee 2 46 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 50 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 50 2 16 Supplemental restraint syStemM ccsssceeee 1 36 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEM s ncsceseidsposeenentondaccsiea ecSucedavinrcinendanies 1 36 Supplemental side and curtain side impact air bag system sssseessseessseeessecessecessscessseesseeee 1 47 Switch Autolight switch sessessesssesesereceseceseesseeseeee 2 27 Fog light switch seessessssesseeseesseeseecsecesecesee 2 31 Hazard warning flasher switch 00 2 32 Headlight switch sssesssesssesseesseeseeeseceseessee 2 27 Ignition switch automatic transmission mod
381. sh the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position the SYSTEM START UP warning is displayed on the screen When you read and agree with the warning push the ENTER TRO button If you do not push the ENTER fsteR ey button you will not be able to use the NAVI system To proceed to the NAVI system refer to 4 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems the separate Navigation System Owner s START MENU The start menu can be displayed using the ENTER switch on the steering wheel mounted controls 1 While the navigation if equipped or status screen is displayed push and hold the ENTER switch until the Menu Options screen appears 2 Highlight the preferred item tilting the ENTER switch up or down and then push the ENTER switch EH Menu Options C Deran Troe Woman iE setings dis COSY Available items Destination Route These items are for the navigation system If your vehicle is equipped with the navigation system see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual for details Information Displays the information screen It is the same screen that appears when you push the INFO j button Settings Displays the settings screen It is the same screen that appears when you push the SETTING amp button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 GZ Settings gt Comfort amp Convenience AA ooo 7
382. sh them together until it is securely closed 5 Push the buttons two or three times to check its operation See an INFINITI dealer if you need any as sistance for replacement If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 above e Becareful not to touch the circuit board and the battery terminal as it could cause a malfunction e An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e When changing batteries do not let dust or oil get on the Intelligent Key FCC Notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digi tal device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules G the certification number These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio fre quency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equip ment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving an tenna
383. shift mode When the selector lever is shifted from D to the manual shift gate with the vehicle stopped or while driving the transmission enters the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be selected manually When shifting up move the selector lever to the up side The transmission shifts to the higher range When shifting down move the selector le ver to the down side The transmission shifts to the lower range In the manual shift mode the shift range is displayed on the position indicator in the meter Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows M4 mm M gt M3 My a Mg M5 5th Use this position for all normal forward driv ing M4 4th For driving up or down long slopes where engine braking would be advantageous M3 3rd and M2 2nd Use for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades M4 1st Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades When canceling the manual shift mode return the selector lever to the D position The transmission returns to the normal driving mode e Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than 4th gear This reduces fuel economy e Moving the selector lever rapidly to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succession e Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear
384. shion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the climate controlled seat Any liquid spilled on the seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth The climate controlled seat has an air fil ter Do not operate climate controlled seat without an air filter This may result in damage to the system When cleaning the seat never use gaso line thinner or any similar materials If any malfunctions are found or the cli mate controlled seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW SWITCH if so equipped The Lane Departure Warning LDW system will blink an indicator light on the instrument panel and sound a chime to alert the driver if the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of a traveling lane with detectable lane markers The system comes on automatically in its automatic mode when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position The LDW system ON indicator 2 will illuminate To cancel the LDW system push the LDW switch 1 to turn off the system The LDW system ON indicator 2 will go off Push the LDW switch again or restart the engine to turn the system on Modes can be changed to automatic mode or manual mode by pushing and holding the LDW switch for more than 4
385. sible link holder P 8 26 gt oan washer fluid reservoir 2 Battery P 8 18 3 Engine oil filler cap P 8 13 6 Coolant reservoir P 8 10 7 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 17 Illustrated table of contents 0 11 MEMO 0 12 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Rear Sedis svcrcacvesncesaansaieadansssdheeesedneaviedanicaacas Head reStraint cccccccceccecccccccccceccecceecees ELAI EE AE E E E EE E T O E E Seat belts cccccccccoscccccovcccdescecevcnsesctosscceesnvecoccsetee Precautions on seat belt USage 000 GIANG Sat OU E EEANN EN Pregnant WOMEN sescsscessevesercensesicexetedsercsacsexs Injured DCIS ONS oicoccvescccesacconavsneesenesenuewascsvess Pre crash seat belts front seats if so equipped ssesseseesessesesceseesescesesseseeseeseeee Three point type seat belt eee eee Seat belt extenders ccccceeccecceeceecceees Seat belt Maintenance ccceeeceeceeees Child restraints inst ccacesscsactersdintiwseseciosaseremaseces Precaution on child restraints 008 Lower anchors and tethers for children system LATCH cececcececsccscececcscscecceces Top tether strap child restraint Child restraint installation using LATCH Child restraint installation using the seat DONE sensira A OT ATE BOOSTED SCIIS ssiccrasiainia anian naa iai Precautions on booster seats
386. sirable driveability problems such as engine stalling or hard hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu 9 4 Technical and consumer information eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gaso line E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbre viation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives INFINITI does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives Example fuel injector cleaner octane booster in take valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these ad ditives intended for gum varnish or de posit removal may contain active solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended above can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If severe this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated oct
387. some sound effect func tions as follows if so equipped e BOSE Centerpoint e BOSE AudioPilot e Precision Phased Audio e Speed sensitive Volume For more details see Vehicle information and settings earlier in this section FM AM SAT radio operation RADIO FM AM SAT band select Pushing the RADIO band select button will change the band as follows AM FM SAT XM SR AM When the RADIO band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station channel played will also come on when the ON OFF VOLUME con trol knob is pushed to ON The satellite radio mode will be skipped un less an optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Ha waii and Guam If another audio source is playing when the RADIO band select button is turned to ON the other audio source will automati cally be turned off and the last radio sta 4 38 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems tion played will come on When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception TUNE Tuning e For AM and FM radio Turn the TUNE FOLDER manual tuning knob for e For satellite radio Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to seek channels
388. splay as follows TRIP A TRIP B TRIP A Resetting the trip odometer Push the TRIP RESET knob for more than 1 second to reset the currently displayed trip odometer to zero Average fuel economy and distance to empty information is also available Refer to How to use status button in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section later in this manual TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolutions per minute RPM Do not rev the engine into the red zone A AX CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious en gine damage Instruments and controls 2 5 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature The engine coolant temperature is in the normal range when the gauge needle points within the zone a shown in the il lustration The engine coolant temperature will vary with the outside air temperature and driv ing conditions 2 6 Instruments and controls 4X CAUTION If the gauge indicates engine coolant tem perature near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If gauge is over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is overheated contin ued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in
389. ss than 1 5 sec onds Select the loading position by pushing the CD insert select button to 6 then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer in suc cession push the LOAD button for more than 1 5 seconds The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on the display DISC PLAY When the DISC CD play button is pushed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the DISC button is pushed with the compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play When the DISC button is pushed while both a CD and DVD are loaded you can toggle back and forth between CD and DVD Audio Text When the Audio Text key is selected in the screen using the INFINITI controller and then the ENTER button is pushed while the CD is being played the music information below will be displayed on the screen If your vehicle is equipped with the AUDIO TEXT button on the center multi function control panel push this button while the CD is being played to show the music information below CD e Disc title e Track title CD with MP3 or WMA e Folder title e File title e Track title e Artist FF Fast Forward REW Rewind APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the qq rewind or pp fast for ward button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the
390. sseees 8 39 Uniform tire quality grading eessseesssseess 9 17 Wheel tire SiZe xcs civescenesstwesudatawerdanvivascotesest 9 8 Wheels and tireS essesssseessseesssecsssscesssees 8 34 Top tether strap child restraints cccceeee 1 20 Towing Flat towing esssssssesseessessecssecssressceseesseeeseeese 9 16 Tow truck TOW MG eseesseesseseeeseecssresscesseseeee 6 12 Towing a trailer seseessessesseesesscssessceseeseeseo 9 16 Towing load specification chart 9 16 TPMS Tire pressure monitoring system 5 3 TPMS Tire pressure warning System 066 6 2 Trailer tOWINZ sseseeseeseessesscssceressessceseosceseeseesees 9 16 10 6 Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver essesssssesseesesecssesscoseoseosesseescoseoseoseese 2 52 Transmission Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 16 Driving with automatic transmission 5 11 Transmission selector lever lock release 5 14 Transmitter See remote keyless entry SSL I eo eaiek taaee eds godacatictatiesctanteatecetenecencvoracttea 3 14 Traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNTY secscciscacteeasnctisesnaeniiemoeieane aes 9 9 Troubleshooting guide INFINITI Voice Recognition system csssssececececceeseeeeseees 4 76 Trunk Interior trunk lid release ceeescccesseees 3 19 LL IE EEE 2 51 TUNK Ud eneee 3 18 Trunk pass through ssessssseseessssecessssesssssss 1 7 Turn signal
391. sseessseessseesssee 8 32 Interior lightS sssesseeseeessceseesseeserosscessesseesseees 2 49 Interior trunk lid release ssssessseessseessseessseesss 3 19 J J mp starting eanaawandcacanavemasawtanencventseenrvesharennies 6 8 K Keyless entry See remote keyless entry ATE PA EE EE E AT ETAN 3 14 Keys Intelligent Key cccccccccsessssssseeeeeeeees 3 2 L Labels Air bag warning labels cscccssecceeecees 1 50 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 11 Engine Serial number csscccesscceseeeees 9 10 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 10 Tire and Loading Information label 8 35 9 11 Vehicle identification number VIN 9 9 Lane departure warning LDW switch 2 35 Lane departure warning LDW system 5 15 LATCH SVSUCIN sasccsvenssibecsiversier oreinen 1 18 License plate Installing front license plate 9 12 Light Air bag warning light cccsseccssecceeecees 1 50 Bulb replacement sseesssesssseessseessseessseee 8 30 Fog light switch eessessseesseesceseeereeosecessessee 2 31 Headlight switch ssiveasciecssacesoacuwasccaeatonexseas 2 27 Headlights bulb replacement 000 8 31 Indicator lights lt s ccictonsvetvatcsanavetooestiessanedeyisees 2 17 Interior lights ssssesseeessseessseessseessseessseesss 2 49 Map WSIS icasteriaeetaenesasst
392. st the surround sound volume se lect Surround Volume and adjust it with MeN 3 _ Treble D0000000000 Balance Let DODDDGO0000Rim _ Fade Rear D000DAOODOO From 2 Precision Phased Audio oN jil J3 speed Sensitive vol J C oF j Go o OA O the INFINITI controller Precision Phased Audio if so equipped When this item is turned to ON super high pitch sound and super low pitch sound are emphasized and midrange sound is played naturally Speed Sensitive Vol if so equipped Sound volume is increased according to the vehicle speed Choose the effect level from OFF 0 to 5 Navigation settings if so equipped For the details of Navigation settings refer to the separate Navigation Owners Manual Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 1 o o E __ Guidance Volume 0OOOOOODOODODOO0 El cuisencevoice CoD Phone Ringer voi OO00000000000000 3 Phone Incoming vol OQQ0000000000000 JJ Phone Ouigoing vol DMM J i a 7 ee U Volume and Beeps settings The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING i2 button se lecting the Volume and Beeps key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER eA button Guidance Volume To adjust the guidance voice volume louder or softer select the Guidance Vol ume and adjust it with the INFINITI con troller You can a
393. strated when the selector lever is moved to the R position The predicted course lines will appear when the steering wheel is turned to the right or left Back up the vehicle to the parking space while referring to the pre dicted course lines Do not rely com pletely on the information displayed 4 22 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems on the screen Confirm the safety of the vehicle by visually checking around the vehicle 4 Maneuver the steering wheel to make the vehicle width lines 0 parallel to the parking space while referring to the predicted course lines 5 When the vehicle is parked in the Space completely move the selector lever to the P position and apply the parking brake HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN To adjust the Display ON OFF Brightness Tint Color and Contrast of the RearView Monitor push the SETTING H button with the RearView Monitor on select the item key and adjust the level using the INFINITI controller Do not adjust the Brightness Contrast Tint and Color of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied and the engine is not running OPERATING TIPS e When the selector lever is shifted to R the monitor screen automatically changes to the RearView Monitor mode However the radio can be heard It may take some time until the Rear View Monitor is displayed after the se lector lever has
394. support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either On hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals e Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Start the engine and operate the auto matic climate control system When the STATUS button is pushed the automatic climate control status screen will appear See How to use STATUS but ton earlier in this section fH Status Audio OFF OUTSIDE 74 F Driver Passenger You can individually set driver and front passenger side temperature and air flow using each temperature control button and manual air flow control button AUTOMATIC OPERATION Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used all year round The system works automatically to control the inside temperature air flow distribution and fan speed after the preferred temperature is set manually 1 Push the AUTO button on The indi cator on the button will illuminate and AUTO will be displayed 2 Use the temperature control buttons to set the desired temperature Adjust the temperature to about 75 F 24 C for normal operation e The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained auto matically Air flow distribution and fan speed will also be
395. t Rear personal light Vanity mirror light Step light Trunk light High mounted stop light See an INFINITI dealer for replacement 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself Vanity mirror light INSTALL Rear personal light Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section TIRE PRESSURE Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated If equipped the system also displays pres sure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel The TPMS will activate only when the ve hicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not de tect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the 2 Instruments and controls section Tire pressure in formation in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition sys tems section Tire Pressure monitoring system TPMS in the 5 Starting and 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself driving section and Flat tire in the
396. t drive with tire chains on paved roads which are clear of snow Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited ac cording to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When install ing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE Class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspen sion or body component required to ac commodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely af fected Tire chains must be installed only o
397. t is safe to do so Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system warning light Orange if so equipped This light comes on if there is a malfunc tion in the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system Ker Intelligent Key warning After the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position this light comes on for about 2 seconds and then turns off This light warns of a malfunction with the electrical steering lock system or the In telligent Key system If the light comes on while the engine is stopped it may be impossible to free the steering lock or to start the engine If the light comes on while the engine is run 2 14 Instruments and controls ning you can drive the vehicle However in these cases contact an INFINITI dealer for repair as soon as possible Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E Empty There will be a small reserve of fuel re maining in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E Empty OJ Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is turned ON this light illuminates for about 1 second an
398. t load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 lbs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of avail able cargo and luggage load ca pacity is 650 lbs 1 400 750 5 x 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 x 70 300 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calcu lated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and lug gage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Ve hicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of Weights later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pressures See the Tire and Loading In formation label LOADING TIPS e The GVW mus
399. t not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label e Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR 4X WARNING e Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maxi mum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury Overloading could not only shorten the life of your vehicle and the tires but also could lead to hazardous vehicle handling and long braking distance This may cause a prema ture tire malfunction which could result in a serious accident and per Technical and consumer information 9 15 sonal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the gross axle weight ratings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not ex ceed the gross vehicle weight rating
400. t than in the front seat If you must install a booster seat in the front seat see Booster seat installation in this section A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt Failure to use a three point type seat belt with a booster seat can result in a serious injury in sudden stop or collision Improper use or improper installation of a booster seat can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle and can lead to serious injury or death in an accident 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Do not use towels books pillows or other items in place of a booster seat Items such as these may move during normal driving or a collision and result in serious injury or death Booster seats are designed to be used with a lap shoulder belt Booster seats are de signed to properly route the lap and shoulder portions of the seat belt over the strongest portions of a child s body to provide the maximum protection during a collision Follow all of the booster seat manufac turer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a booster seat be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of booster seats in your vehicle If the booster seat and seat belt is not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a su
401. t the display ON OFF brightness tint color and contrast select each key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER eA button Then you can adjust each item using the INFINITI controller Rear display To adjust the rear display mode push the DISP Display button on the remote controller To adjust the display brightness tint color and contrast select each key using the joy stick on the remote controller and tilt the joystick to right or left Push the BACK button to apply the settings and return to the previous display U AO EES 1 1 33 STANDARD 5 1 ch U EEA DIGITAL Settings AUX Operation screen DVD AUDIO PLAYING A DIGITAL VERSATILE DISC DVD DISC button Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the DVD drive while watching the images Push the DISC button on the instrument panel and turn the display to the DVD mode When a DVD is loaded it will be replayed automatically The operation screen will be turned on when the DISC button located on the in strument panel is pushed while a DVD is being played and it will turn off automati cally after a period of time To turn it on again push the DISC button once more DVD operation keys To operate the DVD drive select the pre ferred key displayed on the operation screen using the INFINITI controller Pit Pause Select the Il key and push t
402. tch is pushed to the ON position and will remain illumi nated until the driver s seat belt is fas tened At the same time the chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light may also illu minate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passen ger s seat is occupied For 5 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger 2 16 Instruments and controls If the light blinks or illuminates even if the driver s and front passenger s seat belts are fastened it may indicate that the pre crash seat belt system if so equipped has a malfunction Have an INFINITI dealer check and repair the system See Seat belts in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental re straint system section for precautions on seat belt usage Supplemental air bag warning light After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light will illuminate The supple mental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the supplemental front air bag and supplemental side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt are opera tional If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supple mental side air bag supplemental curtain side impa
403. tem key and push the ENTER feStER ey button Phone Y l Redial 3 Phonebook A calles Sid O ooo F S A MAKING A CALL To make a call follow the procedures be low 1 Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel or the amp button on the steering wheel mounted con trols for more than 1 second The PHONE screen will appear on the display 2 Select the Phonebook key on the PHONE menu and push the ENTER ENTER Ke button 3 Select the registered person s name from the list and push the ENTER EAO button Dialing will start 4 After the call is over perform one of the following to finish the call a Select the Hang up key and push the ENTER eTa button b Push and hold the lt button on the steering wheel mounted controls for 1 5 seconds c Push the PHONE f button on the instrument panel There are different methods to make a call Select one of the following options instead of Phonebook in step 2 above Redial Dial the previously dialed number again Call Logs Outgoing Calls Select the name and phone number from the outgoing call logs Call Logs Incoming Calls Select the name and phone number from the incoming call logs Dial Keypad Input the phone number manually Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 Phone AC Answer NL Qa i
404. tenance and do it yourself 8 11 e Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself When changing engine coolant be sure the ignition switch is in the LOCK posi tion 1 Remove the engine cover VK45DE en gine or the air inlet duct VQ35DE en gine to expose the radiator filler cap Open the radiator drain plug a and then remove the radiator filler cap Be careful not to allow coolant to con tact drive belts Waste coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations VK45DE engine Close the radiator drain plug securely after the coolant is drained Fill the radiator slowly with the proper mixture of antifreeze solution and demineralized water distilled water Fill the reservoir tank up to the MAX level Then install the radiator filler cap Start the engine and warm it up until it reaches normal operating tempera ture Then race the engine two or three times under no load Watch the engine coolant temperature gauge for signs of overheating HHRHH VQ35DE engine Stop the engine After it completely cools down refill the radiator up to the filler opening Fill the reservoir tank up to the MAX level Check the drain plug for any sign of leakage Check the coolant level again after driving the vehicle ENGINE OIL VK45DE engine CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking
405. th the selector lever in any position except the P position If this warning appears the ignition switch is in the ACC position instead of the LOCK position Move the selector lever to the P position or push the igni tion switch to the ON position An inside warning chime will also sound See Intelligent Key system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section Instruments and controls 2 21 8 LOCK warning This warning appears when the selector lever is moved to the P position with the ignition switch in the ACC position af ter the SHIFT P warning appears To push the ignition switch to the LOCK position perform the following procedure SHIFT P warning Move the selec tor lever to P LOCK warning Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is turned to ON LOCK warning Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is turned to LOCK 9 NO KEY ID indicator This indicator appears when the ignition switch is pushed and the Intelligent Key cannot be recognized by the system with the ignition switch in the LOCK position If this indicator appears you cannot start the engine Check for the following causes and perform remedies e The battery of the Intelligent Key car ried with you is discharged com pletely Replace the battery with a new one 2 22 Instruments and controls e The Intelligent Key carried with you is
406. the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system section VALET HAND OFF When you have to leave a key with a valet give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the mechanical key with you to protect your belongings To prevent the glove box and the trunk from being opened during valet hand off follow the procedures below 1 Push the trunk release power cancel switch to the CANCEL side 2 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelligent Key 3 Lock the glove box and the trunk pass through with the mechanical key 4 Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet keeping the mechanical key in your pocket or bag for insertion into the In telligent Key when you retrieve your vehicle See Trunk lid later in this section Storage in the 2 Instruments and con trols section and Seats in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system section DOORS 4X WARNING Always have the doors locked while driv ing Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally opening the doors and will help keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or
407. the cause and have it cor rected immediately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold and the engine is turned off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks de formation deterioration or loose connec tions Underbody The underbody is frequently exposed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances otherwise rust will form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and around the exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumulate For additional information see Cleaning exterior in the 7 Appearance and care section Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the tank MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or main tenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precautions which should be closely observed 4X WARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the selector lever t
408. the front seat backs They may interfere with supple mental side air bag inflation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 SSS0480 1 Crash zone sensor 5 Occupant classification sensor 2 Supplemental front air bag modules 6 Supplemental curtain side impact air INFINITI advanced air bags bags 3 Supplemental side air bag modules 7 Supplemental curtain side impact air 4 Occupant classification system control bag modules unit 8 Diagnosis sensor unit 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 9 Satellite sensors 10 Seat belt pre tensioner retractor INFINITI ADVANCED AIR BAG SYSTEM front seats This vehicle is equipped with the INFINITI advanced air bag system for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification require ments under U S regulations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel the front passenger supplemental air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box The front air bags are de signed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damag
409. the monitor screen while driving avoid sudden steering maneu vers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as pos sible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure of all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driv ing after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire re place it with a spare tire as soon as pos sible Immediately after tire rotation is per formed tire pressure will not be indi cated on the display and the TPMS will not function Reset the system and by driving the vehicle at over 25 MPH 40 km h for approximately 10 minutes If Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic tire pressure is not indicated after per 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers forming the resetting procedure above ivel 4 ith contact an INFINITI dealer as soon as 3 Park on a level surface and apply the ossible parking brake Move the selector lever P i into P Park When a spare tire is mounted ora wheel 4 Tuin ofi the engine is replaced tire pressure will not be indi cated the TPMS will not function and Raise the hood to wa
410. the outside of the windows push the fan speed increase button and set it to the maximum position e As soon as possible after the wind shield is clean push the AUTO button to return to the auto mode e When the Qo front defroster button is pushed the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at out side temperatures above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield and the air recirculate mode will automatically be turned off Outside air is drawn into the pas senger compartment to improve the defogging performance MANUAL OPERATION Fan speed control Push the fan speed increase amp or decrease amp buttons to manually control the fan speed Push the AUTO button to return to auto matic control of the fan speed Air recirculation Push the intake air control button as KG to recirculate interior air in 4 26 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems side the vehicle The indicator light on the E gt side will come on The air recirculation mode cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode Gy Outside air circulation Push the intake air control button aly gt to draw outside air into the passenger compartment The indicator light on the a side will come on Automatic intake air control In the AUTO mode the intake air will be controlled automatically To manually c
411. the speci fied capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle compo nents Before taking a long trip or when ever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to en sure that the tire pressures are at the specified level Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH 137 km h unless it is equipped with high speed rated tires Driving faster than 85 MPH 137 km h may result in tire failure loss of control and pos sible injury For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION L PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT A MANUAL FOR FRO ADDITIONAL ANT XXX kPa XX PSI INFORMATION SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL ve NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL a POUR DAUTRES DE TALS ARRI RE XXX kPa XX PSI Poo AU MANUEL DU The combined weight of occupants SPARE CONDUCTEUR and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX lbs DE SECOURS Le poids combin d occupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exc der XX kg ou XX Ibs TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY NOMBRE DE PLACES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION a POUR D AUTRES D TAILS SE REPORTER P XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI aU MAREE BU SPARE CONDUCTEUR wsos TXXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX PSI Tire and loading information label 2 Vehicle load limit See loading in form
412. three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants 4X WARNING e The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the ex haust system components e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire 4X CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline seriously reduce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driving if the engine misfires or if no ticeable loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by an INFINITI dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst Do not race the engine while warming it up TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if pro vided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufac turer on the vehicle placard or tire infla tion pressure labe
413. ti vated when the sunroof is closed by auto matic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 sec onds after the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the sunroof oc curs If the sunroof does not operate If the sunroof does not operate properly perform the following procedure to initial ize the sunroof operation system 1 Push the ignition switch to the ON po sition 2 Close the sunroof completely by push ing the CLOSE side 8 of the sunroof switch If the sunroof stops moving push the switch again 3 Push the CLOSE side 8 of the sunroof switch and hold it for more than 1 sec Instruments and controls 2 47 ond after the sunroof is completely closed 4 Release the sunroof switch Push the OPEN side A of the sunroof switch to confirm the initialization is complete If the sunroof does not operate properly after performing the procedure above have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer 2 48 Instruments and controls REAR CONTROL CANCEL SWITCH if so equipped The rear control cancel switch is located on the center console Pushing the rear control cancel switch to the cancel side will deactivate the follow ing switches in the rear center armrest e Automatic climate control e Audio REAR SUN
414. tice smoke or smell comms from it 1 STATUS status display button P 4 6 10 INFO vehicle and navigation infor stop using the system immediately and mation button P 4 7 contact your nearest INFINITI dealer Ig 2 6 7 8 9 For navigation system con noring such conditions may lead to acci trol buttons Refer to the 11 SETTING button P 4 12 dents fire or electric shock separate Navigation Own 4 RADIO AM FM SAT XM SIRIUS Pe eve Manuel band selector button P 4 29 e Park the vehicle in a safe location and 3 INFINITI controller P 4 3 apply the parking brake to view the im 13 DISC CD DVD if so equipped se ages on the front center display screen 4 PHONE hands free phone system lector button P 4 29 using the DVD drive or other devices poten P 4 60 connected to the auxiliary input jacks if 5 brightness control and display so equipped ON OFF button P 4 6 4 2 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems eee Without Navigation system STATUS status display button P 4 6 8 RADIO AM FM SAT XM SIRIUS band selector button P 4 29 3 INFINITI controller P 4 3 4 PHONE hands free phone system button P 4 60 2 brightness control and display ON OFF button P 4 6 TRIP drive computer button P 4 7 7 FUEL ECON button P 4 7 DISC CD DVD if so equipped selec tor button P 4
415. tion returns to normal 4 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or coolant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 5 Open the engine hood 4X WARNING If steam or water is coming from the engine stand clear to prevent getting burned 6 Visually check if the cooling fan is run ning The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine 4X WARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jew elry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time when the coolant temperature is high 7 After the engine cools down check the coolant level in the reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at the nearest INFINITI dealer If needed Roadside Assistance is avail able Please see your Warranty Informa tion Booklet or Roadside Assistance I D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Infor mation Booklet Canada In case of emergency 6 11 TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Pro vincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equi
416. tomatic climate Control ccesecceeees 4 24 In cabin MICTOTINLCL ciccasdcvserceasdesecdcasrdeiececaws 4 28 Operation See automatic climate COMMON ies Sansacrtersnteacenheuntencerteeetioaemecvesnars 4 24 Alarm How to stop alarm see vehicle security SVSUCIN D PEE E E E E ET 2 24 Alcohol drugs and driving esseessessseseeesseresscesee 5 6 All wheel drive AWD sssssssssssssscssscsssesssosssoss 5 44 All wheel drive AWD warning light 2 12 Ambient temperature Air conditioner 4 27 ANtenNNa vccven sca eacsuusvesdaveteiedaceus scaueolesencesialeaucceces 4 46 Anti lock Brake System ABS c csssssseeees 5 50 Appearance care Exterior appearance CALC cceseccesscceneee 7 2 Interior appearance Care sesssesssosseeseesssoss 7 4 PUI OS lcs ievassannncacanatrenongusabioumsansateetiogeusanetienenaads 1 6 Ashtrays See cigarette lighter and ashtrays 2 38 AUCID LET CIMINO ETS ss ccxatscnconsues wowataiontenessansizesorsans 2 19 Audio operation precautionS csccccceeseees 4 29 Audio SY SI Class cacescacsesaicecasesncouetencevanceetavanaeeeetss 4 29 Autochanger Compact Disc CD c0ccce8 4 40 Autolight SyStem eessesesseeesseeossecosseeessecessseeo 2 27 Automatic Anti glare inside Mirror eesssessssesesseessseesssee 3 23 Automatic return ON CANCEL switch 1 4 Automatic Sunroof sessssesssseossseessseessseessee 2 46 Automatic transmiss
417. treak Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically For example each time you check the engine oil or re fuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself lines Vehicles operated in high tempera tures or under severe condition require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake fluid level Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure that no belt is frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level spot and turning off the engine Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes imme diately locate the trouble and correct it See Precautions when starting and driving in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas Carbon monox ide Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evi dent check for
418. troller receiver and wireless headphones transmitter 1 4 48 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4X CAUTION Do not touch the display when it is opening or closing Headphones Headphones are a wireless type and no cables are necessary You can use them in almost all the ranges in the rear seat for listening to the sound from DVD or AUX It is not possible to use the head phones in the front seat Power ON OFF Push the POWER button to turn the head phones on or Off Volume control Turn the volume control knob to adjust the volume The headphones will automatically be turned off in about 5 minutes if there is no sound during that period To prevent the battery from being discharged keep the power turned off when not in use If the sound from the headphones is not clear it may be because e of an infrared communication device or cellular phone turn down the head phone volume or stop using the head phones or the headphones maybe out of the range of the transmitter installed in the rear flip down display screen This is not a malfunction or the sound may be interrupted tempo rarily when there is an obstacle be tween the headphones and the trans mitter Remove the obstacle such as opaque materials hands hair etc Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 Joystick ENTER button DVD button DISP button VOLUME CONTROL button MN or w
419. ts Warranty e Emissions Performance Warranty See Warranty Information Booklet for details For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your War ranty Information Booklet Warranty and Roadside Assistance Information Canada only that comes with your INFINITI If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet Warranty and Roadside Assis tance Information Canada only or it has become lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to e INFINITI Division Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 e Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 9 18 Technical and consumer information REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the Na tional Highway Traffic Safety Adminis tration NHTSA in addition to noti fying INFINITI If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a re call and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in in dividual problems between you your dealer or INFINITI To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 ITY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safe
420. tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If it does move more than 1 in 25 mm pull again on the anchor at tachments to further tighten the child restraint If you are unable to properly secure the restraint move the re straint to another seating position and try again or try a different child re straint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 4 through 5 CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS 4X WARNING Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger seat Supplemental front air bags inflate with great force A rear facing child restraint could be struck by the supplemental front air bag in a crash and could seri ously injure or kill your child INFINITI recommends that child re straints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front pas senger seat move the passenger seat to the rearmost position Also be sure the front passenger air bag status light is il luminated to indicate the passenger air bag is OFF See Front passenger air bag and status light in this section for de tails The three point seat belt in your vehicle is equipped with an automatic locking
421. ulb replacement P 8 30 Adaptive Front lighting System AFS if so equipped P 2 29 6 Recovery hook P 6 14 7 Fog lights P 2 31 8 Tires Wheel and tires P 8 34 P 9 8 Flat tire P 6 2 9 Outside mirrors P 3 24 10 Doors Keys P 3 2 Door locks P 3 5 Intelligent Key system P 3 8 Remote keyless entry system P 3 14 Windshield wiper and washer Operation P 2 25 Blade replacement P 8 24 4 Sunroof P 2 46 5 Power windows P 2 44 Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 6 Trunk Intelligent Key system P 3 8 Remote keyless entry system P 3 14 Trunk lid P 3 18 7 Child safety locks P 3 7 1 High mounted stop light Bulb replace 4 Fuel filler door ment P 8 30 Operation P 3 20 Fuel recommendation P 9 3 2 Rear window defroster switch P 2 26 eas 5 Rear view camera P 4 19 3 Rear combination light Bulb replace ment P 8 30 0 4 Illustrated table of contents PASSENGER COMPARTMENT Headphones P 4 49 DVD remote controller P 4 50 P 4 56 Seats P 1 2 Power windows P 2 44 Sun visors P 3 22 Map light P 2 49 Sunroof P 2 46 Sunglasses holder P 2 41 Inside rearview mirror Anti glare adjustment P 3 23 HomeLink P 2 52 Compass P 2 8 Trunk pass through P 1 7 Rear arm rest P 1 7 Rear seat controls if so equipped
422. uld be se riously injured or killed in an accident Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH anchors The child restraint will not be secured properly LATCH lower anchor location Type B Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand only those loads im posed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attach ments that can be connected to two an chors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to se cure the child restraint Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is com patible with LATCH This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer LATCH rigid attachment LATCH child restraints generally require the use of a top tether strap See Top tether strap child restraint in this section for installation instructions When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint See Child restraint installation using LATCH in this section 1 20 Safety
423. use serious injury Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged ex tension cord rated for at least 10A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury Starting and driving 5 55 MEMO 5 56 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Roadside assistance Program ccccscsceceeeees 6 2 If your vehicle overheats cscececescececeeeees 6 11 PIGUET Crea vcoseppansoneeeesvesonaass S 6 2 Towing your vehicle scscsessctecstscidsveseisereseseevecescs 6 12 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 6 2 Towing recommended by INFINITI 6 13 Changing a flat tire cc ccece sce sceeceeceees 6 3 Vehicle recovery Freeing a stuck JUMP starting essesesessesssseeeeeercccereesssseererereceeeeeee 6 8 VEW E he ea 6 15 Push starting sinsiissducerdsvaeddsaiasaveienadoaeevaveaiosieian 6 10 ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM Every new INFINITI comes with a 4 year unlimited mileage Roadside Assistance plan In the event of a roadside emergency Roadside Assistance Service is available to you Please refer to your Warranty Information Booklet U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Information Booklet Canada for details Both the Warranty Information Booklet and Roadside Assistance Calling Card in your Owner s Literature Portfoli
424. use them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged original place after use Do not use the tie down hooks 2 for towing or vehicle recovery 4 amp CAUTION Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the vehicle recovery hooks or main structural members of the vehicle Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged Do not use the vehicle tie downs to freea vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Never tow a vehicle using the vehicle tie downs or recovery hooks Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull on the vehicle at an angle Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the suspension steering brake or cooling systems Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 N Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system Make sure the area in front and be hind the vehicle is clear of obstruc tions Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires Slowly rock the vehicle forward and backward Shift back and forth between R Re verse and D Drive Apply the accelerator as little as pos sible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D Do not spin t
425. vehicle damage an ee Vehicle set up VK45DE engine Engine oil and filter 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 1 Place a large drain pan under the A ap drain plug 2 Run the engine until it reaches operat gt Remove the oil filler cap nS i 3 Remove the drain plug with a 3 Turn the engine off and wait more wrench and completely drain the oil than 15 minutes VK45DE engine or 10 minutes VQ35DE engine CAUTION 4 Raise and support the vehicle using a Suitable floor jack and safety jack Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine stands oilis hot e Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack up points 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself hea 6 0 ora CoS VQ35DE engine e Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly e Check your local regulations Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the en gine oil filter change is needed 4 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand 5 Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag Be sure to remove any old rubber gasket remaining on the mounting sur face of the engine VQ35DE engine Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight resistance is felt then tighten additionally more than 2 3 turn Oil filter tightening torque 11 to 15 ft lb 14 7 to 20 5 N m
426. w NONE When the Af button is pressed during the satellite radio mode the category name of the current channel is displayed When the SAT button is pressed while the NAVI STATUS or Menu screen is dis played the CAT or PTY name of the present channel will be displayed on the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 bottom of the screen When the A button is pressed while the Audio setting screen is displayed the CAT or PTY list will be displayed 1 CAT selection mode CAT name selection can be done by turning the TUNE FOLDER knob in the CAT selection mode or by using the multi function switch when the CAT list is displayed on the screen Pushing the I button can also change the CAT name upward _ _ TRAFFIC NEWS It It ROCK PUBLIC D 2 CAT SEEK tuning mode TOP 40 After selecting a CAT name push the SEEK TRACK button 44 or gt gt I to seek the next or previous channel in the selected category To seek the first channels listed in each category push the SEEK TRACK button K lt or gt i before entering the CAT select mode To cancel the CAT mode push the BACK button on the INFINITI controller CAT SCAN tuning mode After selecting a CAT name push the SEEK TRACK button for more than 1 5 seconds to scan channels in the se lected category and stop at each channel for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5
427. wards cleaner air and suggests that you use reformulated gasoline when avail able Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain ing oxygenates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence INFINITI does not recom mend the use of fuels of which the oxy genate content and the fuel compatibility for your INFINITI cannot be readily deter mined If in doubt ask your service sta tion manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage Technical and consumer information 9 3 e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that rec ommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend excepting a methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol me thyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appro priate cosolvents and corrosion inhibi tors If not properly formulated with ap propriate cosolvents and corrosion in hibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or ve hicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blendsare suit able for use in INFINITI vehicles If any unde
428. wear and waste fuel Make sure the front wheels are prop erly aligned Improper alignment will cause premature tire wear and lower fuel economy Climate control operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air condi tioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag Starting and driving 5 43 ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD if so equipped Warning light Comes on or blinks when VK ly AWD an Comes on There is a malfunction in the all wheel drive system The power train oil temperature rises abnormally The difference in wheel rotation is large Blinks slowly The AWD warning light is located in the meter The AWD warning light comes on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position It turns off soon after the engine is started 5 44 Starting and driving If any malfunction occurs in the AWD sys tem while the engine is running the warning light will come on The warning light may blink rapidly about twice per second while trying to free a stuck vehicle due to high power train oil temperature The driving mode may change to two wheel drive If the warning light blinks rapidly during operation stop the vehicle with the engine idling in a safe place immediately Then if the light goes off after a while you can continue driving A large difference between the diameters of front and re
429. will be guided automatically into the slot When oa the DVD push the EJECT button amp AX CAUTION e Do not force a DVD into the slot This could cause damage the player e Do not use 8 cm 3 1 in discs Displays 4X WARNING Park the vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking brake to view the images on the front center display screen using the DVD drive or other devices connected to the aux iliary input jacks if so equipped AX CAUTION e The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass breaks do not touch the liquid crystalline material which contains a small amount of mer Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 47 cury In case of contact with skin wash immediately with soap and water e Use soft damp cloth when cleaning the Mobile Entertainment System compo nents Do not use solvents or cleaning solutions e Be sure to stow the rear display when it is not used Flip down screen Use the remote controller to operate the motorized flip down rear display screen 1 Push the REAR DISPLAY OPEN CLOSE button on the remote controller to open or close the display 2 Adjust the display angle by pushing the DISPLAY TILT button N or w The screen can also be opened using the INFINITI controller See How to use SET TING button earlier in this section Do not block the range of the wireless re mote con
430. witch is pushed to the ON position Cancel or activate entry exit function The entry exit function can be activated or cancelled by pressing and holding the SET switch for more than 10 seconds while the ignition switch is in the LOCK position The indicator light will blink once when the function is cancelled and the indi cator light will blink twice when the func tion is activated The entry exit function can also be acti vated or cancelled from the setting dis play See Vehicle information and set tings in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section Initialize entry exit function If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the entry exit function will not work though this function was set on before In such a case after con necting the battery or replacing with a new fuse open and close the driver s door more than two times after the igni tion switch is pushed to the ON position once then pushed to the LOCK position The entry exit function will be activated Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 MEMORY STORAGE Two positions for the driver s seat steering column and outside mirrors can be stored in the automatic drive posi tioner memory Follow these procedures to use the memory system 1 Set the selector lever to the P Park position 2 Push the ignition switch to the ON po sition 3 Adjust the driver s seat steering c
431. your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible The power train may be damaged if you continue driving with the warning light blinking rapidly PARKING PARKING ON HILLS 4X WARNING Do not stop or park the vehicle over flam mable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Never leave children unattended in the vehicle SD1006MA Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident Make sure the automatic transmission selector lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the button at the end of the lever Starting and driving 5 45 1 Firmly apply the parking brake 2 Move the selector lever to the P Park position 3 To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a sloping drive way it is a good prac tice to turn the wheels as illustrated e HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB 2 Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL
432. z v gt o E bos a Y 0 on v Oo 2 m wT _ c v o o E a3 eb 5 9 nw ges eS the event of a frontal im flate in not I e I I v30 nony w Cue One SG yO OoVN wy J a qa a D ovnov sS Ioe N 22395 lt ts 0 O U gt 2ce amp TO a a Suse Cc _ aos 2 Eves o c iR one Oo a a gt aw HS a G a OS oE caw wo a gt Nn gt dents SSS0162 lt x 00 00 lt O N N N 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The seat belts the supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sit ting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the supplemental side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Do not use seat covers on

2007 Infiniti M45/M35 Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents